DBD-SQLeet
view release on metacpan or search on metacpan
dbdimp_tokenizer.inc view on Meta::CPAN
typedef struct perl_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
SV *coderef; /* the perl tokenizer is a coderef that takes
a string and returns a cursor coderef */
} perl_tokenizer;
typedef struct perl_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
SV *coderef; /* ref to the closure that returns terms */
char *pToken; /* storage for a copy of the last token */
int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to pToken buffer */
/* members below are only used if the input string is in utf8 */
const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
const char *lastByteOffset; /* offset into pInput */
int lastCharOffset; /* char offset corresponding to lastByteOffset */
} perl_tokenizer_cursor;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
** Will be called whenever a FTS3 table is created with
** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenize=perl qualified::function::name)
** where qualified::function::name is a fully qualified perl function
*/
static int perl_tokenizer_Create(
int argc, const char * const *argv,
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
dbdimp_tokenizer.inc view on Meta::CPAN
sv_free(t->coderef);
sqlite3_free(t);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is supposed to be pInput[0..nBytes-1] ..
** except that nBytes passed by fts3 is -1 (don't know why) !
** This is passed to the tokenizer instance, which then returns a
** closure implementing the cursor (so the cursor is again a coderef).
*/
static int perl_tokenizer_Open(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
){
dTHX;
dSP;
dMY_CXT;
U32 flags;
SV *perl_string;
int n_retval;
perl_tokenizer *t = (perl_tokenizer *)pTokenizer;
/* allocate and initialize the cursor struct */
perl_tokenizer_cursor *c;
c = (perl_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
memset(c, 0, sizeof(*c));
*ppCursor = &c->base;
/* flags for creating the Perl SV containing the input string */
flags = SVs_TEMP; /* will call sv_2mortal */
/* special handling if working with utf8 strings */
if (MY_CXT.last_dbh_is_unicode) {
/* data to keep track of byte offsets */
dbdimp_tokenizer.inc view on Meta::CPAN
}
perl_string = newSVpvn_flags(pInput, nBytes, flags);
/* call the tokenizer coderef */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(perl_string);
PUTBACK;
n_retval = call_sv(t->coderef, G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
/* store the cursor coderef returned by the tokenizer */
if (n_retval != 1) {
warn("tokenizer returned %d arguments", n_retval);
}
c->coderef = newSVsv(POPs);
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** perl_tokenizer_Open() above.
*/
static int perl_tokenizer_Close(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
perl_tokenizer_cursor *c = (perl_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
dTHX;
sv_free(c->coderef);
if (c->pToken) sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to perl_tokenizer_Open().
*/
static int perl_tokenizer_Next(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by perl_tokenizer_Open */
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
perl_tokenizer_cursor *c = (perl_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
int result;
int n_retval;
char *token;
char *byteOffset;
STRLEN n_a; /* this is required for older perls < 5.8.8 */
I32 hop;
dTHX;
dSP;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the cursor */
PUSHMARK(SP);
PUTBACK;
n_retval = call_sv(c->coderef, G_ARRAY);
SPAGAIN;
/* if we get back an empty list, there is no more token */
if (n_retval == 0) {
result = SQLITE_DONE;
}
/* otherwise, get token details from the return list */
else {
if (n_retval != 5) {
warn("tokenizer cursor returned %d arguments", n_retval);
}
*piPosition = POPi;
*piEndOffset = POPi;
*piStartOffset = POPi;
*pnBytes = POPi;
token = POPpx;
if (c->pInput) { /* if working with utf8 data */
/* recompute *pnBytes in bytes, not in chars */
dbdimp_tokenizer.inc view on Meta::CPAN
/* make sure we have enough storage for copying the token */
if (*pnBytes > c->nTokenAllocated ){
char *pNew;
c->nTokenAllocated = *pnBytes + 20;
pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
c->pToken = pNew;
}
/* need to copy the token into the C cursor before perl frees that
memory */
memcpy(c->pToken, token, *pnBytes);
*ppToken = c->pToken;
result = SQLITE_OK;
}
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
dbdimp_virtual_table.inc view on Meta::CPAN
** The set of routines that implement the perl "module"
** (i.e support for virtual tables written in Perl)
************************************************************************/
typedef struct perl_vtab {
sqlite3_vtab base;
SV *perl_vtab_obj;
HV *functions;
} perl_vtab;
typedef struct perl_vtab_cursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
SV *perl_cursor_obj;
} perl_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct perl_vtab_init {
SV *dbh;
const char *perl_class;
} perl_vtab_init;
/* auxiliary routine for generalized method calls. Arg "i" may be unused */
static int _call_perl_vtab_method(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
dbdimp_virtual_table.inc view on Meta::CPAN
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int perl_vt_Open(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
dTHX;
dSP;
int count;
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
SV *perl_cursor;
perl_vtab_cursor *cursor;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* allocate a perl_vtab_cursor structure */
cursor = (perl_vtab_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*cursor));
if( cursor==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(cursor, 0, sizeof(*cursor));
/* call the ->OPEN() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs( ((perl_vtab *) pVTab)->perl_vtab_obj);
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("OPEN", G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
if (count != 1) {
warn("vtab->OPEN() method returned %d vals instead of 1", count);
SP -= count;
goto cleanup;
}
perl_cursor = POPs;
if ( !sv_isobject(perl_cursor) ) {
warn("vtab->OPEN() method did not return a blessed cursor");
goto cleanup;
}
/* everything went OK */
rc = SQLITE_OK;
cleanup:
if (rc == SQLITE_OK) {
cursor->perl_cursor_obj = SvREFCNT_inc(perl_cursor);
*ppCursor = &cursor->base;
}
else {
sqlite3_free(cursor);
}
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return rc;
}
static int perl_vt_Close(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
dTHX;
dSP;
perl_vtab_cursor *perl_pVTabCursor;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* Note : there is no explicit call to a CLOSE() method; if
needed, the Perl class can implement a DESTROY() method */
perl_pVTabCursor = (perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor;
SvREFCNT_dec(perl_pVTabCursor->perl_cursor_obj);
sqlite3_free(perl_pVTabCursor);
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int perl_vt_Filter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){
dTHX;
dSP;
dMY_CXT;
int i, count;
int is_unicode = MY_CXT.last_dbh_is_unicode;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the FILTER() method with ($idxNum, $idxStr, @args) */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor)->perl_cursor_obj);
XPUSHs(sv_2mortal(newSViv(idxNum)));
XPUSHs(sv_2mortal(newSVpv(idxStr, 0)));
for(i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
XPUSHs(stacked_sv_from_sqlite3_value(aTHX_ argv[i], is_unicode));
}
PUTBACK;
count = call_method("FILTER", G_VOID);
SPAGAIN;
SP -= count;
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int perl_vt_Next(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
dTHX;
dSP;
int count;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the next() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor)->perl_cursor_obj);
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("NEXT", G_VOID);
SPAGAIN;
SP -= count;
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int perl_vt_Eof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
dTHX;
dSP;
int count, eof;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the eof() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor)->perl_cursor_obj);
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("EOF", G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
if (count != 1) {
warn("cursor->EOF() method returned %d vals instead of 1", count);
SP -= count;
}
else {
SV *sv = POPs; /* need 2 lines, because this doesn't work : */
eof = SvTRUE(sv); /* eof = SvTRUE(POPs); # I don't understand why :-( */
}
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return eof;
}
static int perl_vt_Column(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
sqlite3_context* context,
int col){
dTHX;
dSP;
int count;
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the column() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor)->perl_cursor_obj);
XPUSHs(sv_2mortal(newSViv(col)));
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("COLUMN", G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
if (count != 1) {
warn("cursor->COLUMN() method returned %d vals instead of 1", count);
SP -= count;
sqlite3_result_error(context, "column error", 12);
}
else {
SV *result = POPs;
sqlite_set_result(aTHX_ context, result, 0 );
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
return rc;
}
static int perl_vt_Rowid( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
sqlite3_int64 *pRowid ){
dTHX;
dSP;
int count;
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
ENTER;
SAVETMPS;
/* call the rowid() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab_cursor *) pVtabCursor)->perl_cursor_obj);
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("ROWID", G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
if (count != 1) {
warn("cursor->ROWID() returned %d vals instead of 1", count);
SP -= count;
}
else {
*pRowid =POPi;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
PUTBACK;
FREETMPS;
LEAVE;
dbdimp_virtual_table.inc view on Meta::CPAN
/* call the _SQLITE_UPDATE() method */
PUSHMARK(SP);
XPUSHs(((perl_vtab *) pVTab)->perl_vtab_obj);
for(i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
XPUSHs(stacked_sv_from_sqlite3_value(aTHX_ argv[i], is_unicode));
}
PUTBACK;
count = call_method ("_SQLITE_UPDATE", G_SCALAR);
SPAGAIN;
if (count != 1) {
warn("cursor->_SQLITE_UPDATE() returned %d vals instead of 1", count);
SP -= count;
}
else {
if (argc > 1 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) == SQLITE_NULL
&& sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) == SQLITE_NULL) {
/* this was an insert without any given rowid, so the result of
the method call must be passed in *pRowid*/
rowidsv = POPs;
if (!SvOK(rowidsv))
*pRowid = 0;
dbdimp_virtual_table.inc view on Meta::CPAN
return _call_perl_vtab_method(pVTab, "ROLLBACK_TO", point);
}
static sqlite3_module perl_vt_Module = {
1, /* iVersion */
perl_vt_Create, /* xCreate */
perl_vt_Connect, /* xConnect */
perl_vt_BestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
perl_vt_Disconnect, /* xDisconnect */
perl_vt_Drop, /* xDestroy */
perl_vt_Open, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
perl_vt_Close, /* xClose - close a cursor */
perl_vt_Filter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
perl_vt_Next, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
perl_vt_Eof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
perl_vt_Column, /* xColumn - read data */
perl_vt_Rowid, /* xRowid - read data */
perl_vt_Update, /* xUpdate (optional) */
perl_vt_Begin, /* xBegin (optional) */
perl_vt_Sync, /* xSync (optional) */
perl_vt_Commit, /* xCommit (optional) */
perl_vt_Rollback, /* xRollback (optional) */
perl_vt_FindFunction, /* xFindFunction (optional) */
perl_vt_Rename, /* xRename */
fts3_tokenizer.h view on Meta::CPAN
** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
** are three basic components:
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
** tokenizers.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
** including customization information defined at creation time.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
** tokens from a particular input.
*/
#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
*/
/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
fts3_tokenizer.h view on Meta::CPAN
** functions that make up an implementation.
**
** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
**
** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
** object.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
/*
** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
*/
int iVersion;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
fts3_tokenizer.h view on Meta::CPAN
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
*/
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
/*
** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
*/
int (*xOpen)(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
*/
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
/*
** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
**
** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
fts3_tokenizer.h view on Meta::CPAN
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
** to xNext() or xClose().
*/
/* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
** should be converted to zInput.
*/
int (*xNext)(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
);
/***********************************************************************
** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
*/
/*
** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
*/
int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/
/*
** Structures used by the virtual table interface
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
int iVersion;
int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
int argc, const char *const*argv,
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
int argc, const char *const*argv,
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
/* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
**
** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */
int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */
char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
/* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
** [virtual table] and are used
** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the
** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used
** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
** of the module. Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */
/* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
**
** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
** [virtual table module] call this interface
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction
**
** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
** any [attached] databases.
**
** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle
**
** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to
** record changes to a database.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle
**
** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating
** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8
#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */
/*
** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint()
** interface.
**
** BTREE_HINT_RANGE (arguments: Expr*, Mem*)
**
** The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for
** the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows
** might be fetched with this cursor. The Expr* tree may contain
** TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers
** passed as the second parameter. In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER
** then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable]. Any
** TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th
** column of the b-tree of the cursor. The Expr tree will not contain
** any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than
** the cursor being hinted.
**
** The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try
** to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those
** implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby
** reduce network bandwidth.
**
** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by
** standard SQLite. The other hints are provided for extentions that use
** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage
** engine.
*/
#define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0 /* Range constraints on queries */
/*
** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the
** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint():
**
** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going
** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order.
**
** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or
** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries
** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will
** be used only for equality key searches.
**
*/
#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */
#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */
/*
** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor().
**
** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write
** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just
** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will
** only be used by SQLite for the following:
**
** * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or
**
** * to read values that will be used to create keys that other
** BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete.
**
** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint. It is not used by
** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to
** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this
** b-tree system. For alternative storage engines in which a delete of
** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows,
** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to
** skip a lot of work. Namely: FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK
** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a
** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00.
*/
#define BTREE_WRCSR 0x00000004 /* read-write cursor */
#define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008 /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
int iTable, /* Index of root page */
int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */
BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
i64 intKey,
int bias,
int *pRes
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags);
/* Allowed flags for sqlite3BtreeDelete() and sqlite3BtreeInsert() */
#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */
#define BTREE_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* not the primary delete operation */
#define BTREE_APPEND 0x08 /* Insert is likely an append */
/* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single
** entry in either an index or table btree.
**
** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain
** an arbitrary key and no data. These btrees have pKey,nKey set to the
** key and the pData,nData,nZero fields are uninitialized. The aMem,nMem
** fields give an array of Mem objects that are a decomposition of the key.
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
/*
** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
*/
struct SubProgram {
VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */
int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */
int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */
u8 *aOnce; /* Array of OP_Once flags */
void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */
};
/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
#define OP_ReadCookie 105
#define OP_String8 106 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */
#define OP_SetCookie 107
#define OP_ReopenIdx 108 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
#define OP_OpenRead 109 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
#define OP_OpenWrite 110 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */
#define OP_OpenDup 111
#define OP_OpenAutoindex 112 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
#define OP_OpenEphemeral 113 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */
#define OP_SorterOpen 114
#define OP_SequenceTest 115 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */
#define OP_OpenPseudo 116 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */
#define OP_Close 117
#define OP_ColumnsUsed 118
#define OP_SeekHit 119 /* synopsis: seekHit=P2 */
#define OP_Sequence 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */
#define OP_NewRowid 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
#define OP_Insert 122 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */
#define OP_InsertInt 123 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */
#define OP_Delete 124
#define OP_ResetCount 125
#define OP_SorterCompare 126 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */
#define OP_SorterData 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
#define OP_RowData 128 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */
#define OP_Rowid 129 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */
#define OP_NullRow 130
**
** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)".
** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is
** valid.
**
** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the
** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
**
** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark
** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index
** number for that variable.
**
** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
} x;
/* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction.
*********************************************************************/
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
** TK_REGISTER: register number
** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old
** EP_Unlikely: 134217728 times likelihood
** TK_SELECT: 1st register of result vector */
ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid.
** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1).
** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */
i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op
int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */
struct {
u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this table and the previous */
unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
unsigned isIndexedBy :1; /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */
unsigned isTabFunc :1; /* True if table-valued-function syntax */
unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */
unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */
unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */
} fg;
int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */
Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */
union {
char *zIndexedBy; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */
ExprList *pFuncArg; /* Arguments to table-valued-function */
} u1;
Index *pIBIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */
} a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
};
Expr *pUpsertTargetWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial index targets */
ExprList *pUpsertSet; /* The SET clause from an ON CONFLICT UPDATE */
Expr *pUpsertWhere; /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */
/* The fields above comprise the parse tree for the upsert clause.
** The fields below are used to transfer information from the INSERT
** processing down into the UPDATE processing while generating code.
** Upsert owns the memory allocated above, but not the memory below. */
Index *pUpsertIdx; /* Constraint that pUpsertTarget identifies */
SrcList *pUpsertSrc; /* Table to be updated */
int regData; /* First register holding array of VALUES */
int iDataCur; /* Index of the data cursor */
int iIdxCur; /* Index of the first index cursor */
};
/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** See the header comment on the computeLimitRegisters() routine for a
** detailed description of the meaning of the iLimit and iOffset fields.
**
** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
** Store the first column of the first result row
** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest
** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
**
** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each
** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm.
** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing
** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
**
** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store
** the result there. The cursor is left open after
** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that
** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
** the table first.
**
** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
** results each time it is invoked. The entry point
** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm
** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers
** starting with pDest->iSdst.
**
u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */
u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */
u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */
u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */
int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */
int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */
int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */
int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */
int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
int szOpAlloc; /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */
int iSelfTab; /* Table associated with an index on expr, or negative
** of the base register during check-constraint eval */
int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */
Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */
yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
/* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */
#define OPFLAG_NOCHNG 0x01 /* OP_VColumn nochange for UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_EPHEM 0x01 /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x20 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */
#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
#define OPFLAG_ISNOOP 0x40 /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */
#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */
#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */
#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */
#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ 0x02 /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */
#define OPFLAG_FORDELETE 0x08 /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */
#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x10 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */
#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */
#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */
#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */
#define OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC 0x6d /* OP_MakeRecord: serialtype 10 is ok */
/*
* Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
* struct Trigger.
*
* Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
* 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the
* database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
struct Walker {
Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */
int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */
int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */
void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */
int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */
u8 eCode; /* A small processing code */
union { /* Extra data for callback */
NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */
int n; /* A counter */
int iCur; /* A cursor number */
SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */
struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */
struct CCurHint *pCCurHint; /* Used by codeCursorHint() */
int *aiCol; /* array of column indexes */
struct IdxCover *pIdxCover; /* Check for index coverage */
struct IdxExprTrans *pIdxTrans; /* Convert idxed expr to column */
ExprList *pGroupBy; /* GROUP BY clause */
Select *pSelect; /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */
struct WindowRewrite *pRewrite; /* Window rewrite context */
struct WhereConst *pConst; /* WHERE clause constants */
u8 eStart; /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */
u8 eEnd; /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */
Expr *pStart; /* Expression for "<expr> PRECEDING" */
Expr *pEnd; /* Expression for "<expr> FOLLOWING" */
Window *pNextWin; /* Next window function belonging to this SELECT */
Expr *pFilter; /* The FILTER expression */
FuncDef *pFunc; /* The function */
int iEphCsr; /* Partition buffer or Peer buffer */
int regAccum;
int regResult;
int csrApp; /* Function cursor (used by min/max) */
int regApp; /* Function register (also used by min/max) */
int regPart; /* First in a set of registers holding PARTITION BY
** and ORDER BY values for the window */
Expr *pOwner; /* Expression object this window is attached to */
int nBufferCol; /* Number of columns in buffer table */
int iArgCol; /* Offset of first argument for this function */
};
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3*, Window*);
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned Bool;
/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;
/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */
typedef struct AuxData AuxData;
/* Types of VDBE cursors */
#define CURTYPE_BTREE 0
#define CURTYPE_SORTER 1
#define CURTYPE_VTAB 2
#define CURTYPE_PSEUDO 3
/*
** A VdbeCursor is an superclass (a wrapper) for various cursor objects:
**
** * A b-tree cursor
** - In the main database or in an ephemeral database
** - On either an index or a table
** * A sorter
** * A virtual table
** * A one-row "pseudotable" stored in a single register
*/
typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
struct VdbeCursor {
u8 eCurType; /* One of the CURTYPE_* values above */
i8 iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
u8 isTable; /* True for rowid tables. False for indexes */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
u8 seekOp; /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */
u8 wrFlag; /* The wrFlag argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor() */
#endif
Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */
Bool useRandomRowid:1; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the table is not BTREE_UNORDERED */
Bool seekHit:1; /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */
Btree *pBtx; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
int *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */
/* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches
** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
** CACHE_STALE (0) and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
** the cache is out of date. */
u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
int seekResult; /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() or 0
** if there have been no prior seeks on the cursor. */
/* seekResult does not distinguish between "no seeks have ever occurred
** on this cursor" and "the most recent seek was an exact match".
** For CURTYPE_PSEUDO, seekResult is the register holding the record */
/* When a new VdbeCursor is allocated, only the fields above are zeroed.
** The fields that follow are uninitialized, and must be individually
** initialized prior to first use. */
VdbeCursor *pAltCursor; /* Associated index cursor from which to read */
union {
BtCursor *pCursor; /* CURTYPE_BTREE or _PSEUDO. Btree cursor */
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; /* CURTYPE_VTAB. Vtab cursor */
VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* CURTYPE_SORTER. Sorter object */
} uc;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */
Pgno pgnoRoot; /* Root page of the open btree cursor */
i16 nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
u16 nHdrParsed; /* Number of header fields parsed so far */
i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
u32 *aOffset; /* Pointer to aType[nField] */
const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
u64 maskUsed; /* Mask of columns used by this cursor */
#endif
/* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one
** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for
** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */
u32 aType[1]; /* Type values record decode. MUST BE LAST */
};
/*
** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
struct VdbeFrame {
Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */
VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */
i64 *anExec; /* Event counters from parent frame */
Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
u8 *aOnce; /* Bitmask used by OP_Once */
void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */
#if SQLITE_DEBUG
u32 iFrameMagic; /* magic number for sanity checking */
#endif
int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */
int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */
int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */
int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */
int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChange) */
int nDbChange; /* Value of db->nChange */
};
/* Magic number for sanity checking on VdbeFrame objects */
#define SQLITE_FRAME_MAGIC 0x879fb71e
/*
** Return a pointer to the array of registers allocated for use
** by a VdbeFrame.
/* When allocating a new Vdbe object, all of the fields below should be
** initialized to zero or NULL */
Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
VList *pVList; /* Name of variables */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
#endif
int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int rcApp; /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */
u32 nWrite; /* Number of write operations that have occurred */
#endif
/* 105 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""),
/* 106 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"),
/* 107 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""),
/* 108 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
/* 109 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
/* 110 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"),
/* 111 */ "OpenDup" OpHelp(""),
/* 112 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
/* 113 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"),
/* 114 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""),
/* 115 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"),
/* 116 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"),
/* 117 */ "Close" OpHelp(""),
/* 118 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""),
/* 119 */ "SeekHit" OpHelp("seekHit=P2"),
/* 120 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"),
/* 121 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
/* 122 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"),
/* 123 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"),
/* 124 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""),
/* 125 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""),
/* 126 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"),
/* 127 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
/* 128 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"),
/* 129 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"),
/* 130 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""),
*/
static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */
DWORD lastErrno;
#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
sqlite3_int64 oldMmapSize;
if( pFile->nFetchOut>0 ){
/* File truncation is a no-op if there are outstanding memory mapped
** pages. This is because truncating the file means temporarily unmapping
** the file, and that might delete memory out from under existing cursors.
**
** This can result in incremental vacuum not truncating the file,
** if there is an active read cursor when the incremental vacuum occurs.
** No real harm comes of this - the database file is not corrupted,
** though some folks might complain that the file is bigger than it
** needs to be.
**
** The only feasible work-around is to defer the truncation until after
** all references to memory-mapped content are closed. That is doable,
** but involves adding a few branches in the common write code path which
** could slow down normal operations slightly. Hence, we have decided for
** now to simply make trancations a no-op if there are pending reads. We
** can maybe revisit this decision in the future.
u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */
u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */
u8 *aDataOfst; /* Same as aData for leaves. aData+4 for interior */
DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*); /* cellSizePtr method */
void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */
};
/*
** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
** a btree handle is closed.
*/
struct BtLock {
Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
};
** this structure.
**
** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
** the BtShared object.
**
** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
*/
struct Btree {
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */
int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
u32 iDataVersion; /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */
Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */
#endif
};
** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
**
** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
** transaction.
**
** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
*/
struct BtShared {
Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */
#endif
u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
**
** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
** assumed that the database is corrupt.
*/
#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
/*
** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
** b-tree within a database file.
**
** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
**
** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections,
** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** found at self->pBt->mutex.
**
** skipNext meaning:
** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op.
** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0: Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op.
** eState==FAULT: Cursor fault with skipNext as error code.
*/
struct BtCursor {
u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */
u8 curPagerFlags; /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */
u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */
int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive.
** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */
Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */
/* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated. See
** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(). Fields that follow must be manually
** initialized. */
#define BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT pBt /* Name of first uninitialized field */
BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
BtCursor *pNext; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
i8 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
u8 curIntKey; /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */
u16 ix; /* Current index for apPage[iPage] */
u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Arg passed to comparison function */
MemPage *pPage; /* Current page */
MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Stack of parents of current page */
};
/*
** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags
*/
#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */
#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */
#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */
#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */
#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */
#define BTCF_Multiple 0x20 /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */
/*
** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
**
** CURSOR_INVALID:
** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
** called.
**
** CURSOR_VALID:
** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
**
** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT:
** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero
** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious()
** operation should be a no-op.
**
** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
** seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
** An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext
*/
#define CURSOR_VALID 0
#define CURSOR_INVALID 1
#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3
#define CURSOR_FAULT 4
/*
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( p ){
p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
}
}
#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree.
**
** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required
** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not
** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
}
# if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
**
** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
**
** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the
** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
** have a read cursor.
**
** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
**
** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
*/
static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
BtCursor *p;
for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
static void releasePageOne(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
/*
***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
**
** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
}
/* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current
** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database
** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like
** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a
** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert()
** statements only and for the purpose of double-checking that the btree code
** does keep the database connection pointers up-to-date.
*/
static int cursorOwnsBtShared(BtCursor *p){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(p) );
return (p->pBtree->db==p->pBt->db);
}
#endif
/*
** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument.
** on the shared btree structure pBt.
*/
#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl)
/*
** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
** on the shared btree structure pBt.
*/
static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
BtCursor *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
invalidateOverflowCache(p);
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
** row or one of the rows being modified.
**
** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
**
** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
*/
static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */
Pgno pgnoRoot, /* The table that might be changing */
i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */
int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */
){
BtCursor *p;
if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
/*
** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
*/
static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
pBt->pHasContent = 0;
}
/*
** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor.
*/
static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){
int i;
if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
for(i=0; i<pCur->iPage; i++){
releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[i]);
}
releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage);
pCur->iPage = -1;
}
}
/*
** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry
** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This
** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and
** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error
** code otherwise.
**
** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key
** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to
** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is
** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing
** the key.
*/
static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
if( pCur->curIntKey ){
/* Only the rowid is required for a table btree */
pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pCur);
}else{
/* For an index btree, save the complete key content */
void *pKey;
pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur);
pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey );
if( pKey ){
}
}else{
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
}
assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey );
return rc;
}
/*
** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
**
** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
** prior to calling this routine.
*/
static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState );
assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
}else{
pCur->skipNext = 0;
}
rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
}
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast);
return rc;
}
/* Forward reference */
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
/*
** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
** the table with root-page iRoot. "Saving the cursor position" means that
** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be
** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified. This
** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the
** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert().
**
** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor()
** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in
** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set.
**
** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page,
** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another
** pointless call to this routine.
**
** Implementation note: This routine merely checks to see if any cursors
** need to be saved. It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual)
** event that cursors are in need to being saved.
*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
BtCursor *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break;
}
if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept);
if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving
** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving.
** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is
** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(
BtCursor *p, /* The first cursor that needs saving */
Pgno iRoot, /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */
BtCursor *pExcept /* Do not save this cursor */
){
do{
if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){
if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){
int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
return rc;
}
}else{
testcase( p->iPage>=0 );
btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
}
}
p = p->pNext;
}while( p );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
pCur->pKey = 0;
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
/*
** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
*/
}
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
moveto_done:
if( pIdxKey ){
sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pIdxKey);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
** saveCursorPosition().
*/
static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
int skipNext;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
return pCur->skipNext;
}
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
pCur->pKey = 0;
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
}
return rc;
}
#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
(p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
SQLITE_OK)
/*
** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where
** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason.
** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out
** from under them, for example. Cursor might also move if a btree
** is rebalanced.
**
** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false.
**
** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor
** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pCur)
|| pCur==sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor() );
assert( offsetof(BtCursor, eState)==0 );
assert( sizeof(pCur->eState)==1 );
return CURSOR_VALID != *(u8*)pCur;
}
/*
** Return a pointer to a fake BtCursor object that will always answer
** false to the sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved() routine above. The fake
** cursor returned must not be used with any other Btree interface.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void){
static u8 fakeCursor = CURSOR_VALID;
assert( offsetof(BtCursor, eState)==0 );
return (BtCursor*)&fakeCursor;
}
/*
** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it
** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or
** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor).
**
** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left
** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor
** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some
** nearby row.
**
** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned
** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){
int rc;
assert( pCur!=0 );
assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc ){
*pDifferentRow = 1;
*pDifferentRow = 1;
}else{
assert( pCur->skipNext==0 );
*pDifferentRow = 0;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
/*
** Provide hints to the cursor. The particular hint given (and the type
** and number of the varargs parameters) is determined by the eHintType
** parameter. See the definitions of the BTREE_HINT_* macros for details.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor *pCur, int eHintType, ...){
/* Used only by system that substitute their own storage engine */
}
#endif
/*
** Provide flag hints to the cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor *pCur, unsigned x){
assert( x==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || x==BTREE_BULKLOAD || x==0 );
pCur->hints = x;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
}
/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.
**
** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild()
** call. Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case.
** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage.
**
** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is
** a read-only cursor.
**
** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It
** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
*/
static int getAndInitPage(
BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */
int bReadOnly /* True for a read-only page */
btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
releasePage(*ppPage);
goto getAndInitPage_error;
}
}
assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
assert( (*ppPage)->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
/* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is
** compatible with the root page. */
if( pCur && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pgno);
releasePage(*ppPage);
goto getAndInitPage_error;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
getAndInitPage_error:
if( pCur ){
*/
static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){
pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4;
sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace);
pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
}
}
/*
** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
BtCursor *pCur;
/* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
pCur = pBt->pCursor;
while( pCur ){
BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
pCur = pCur->pNext;
if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
page1_init_failed:
releasePageOne(pPage1);
pBt->pPage1 = 0;
return rc;
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
**
** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is
** false then all cursors are counted.
**
** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that
** is capable of reading or writing to the database. Cursors that
** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted.
*/
static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){
BtCursor *pCur;
int r = 0;
for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0)
&& pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
}
return r;
}
#endif
/*
** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
** transitioned to the error state.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
btreeIntegrity(p);
/* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
*/
rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree
** references. Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only
** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged.
**
** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors
** that belong to other database connections that happen to be
** sharing the cache with pBtree.
**
** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly
** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only
** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue
** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are
** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being
** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root
** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making
** it unsafe for read cursors to continue.
**
** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while
** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors,
** including all read-cursors are tripped.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while
** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){
BtCursor *p;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 );
if( pBtree ){
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Rollback the transaction in progress.
**
** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped).
** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are
** tripped if writeOnly is false. Any attempt to use
** a tripped cursor will result in an error.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){
int rc;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
MemPage *pPage1;
assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 );
assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){
** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
** 28 is nonzero. */
assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
**
** If the BTREE_WRCSR bit of wrFlag is clear, then the cursor can only
** be used for reading. If the BTREE_WRCSR bit is set, then the cursor
** can be used for reading or for writing if other conditions for writing
** are also met. These are the conditions that must be met in order
** for writing to be allowed:
**
** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag containing BTREE_WRCSR
**
** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
** the read cursors in the other database connection.
**
** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
**
** 4: There must be an active transaction.
**
** The BTREE_FORDELETE bit of wrFlag may optionally be set if BTREE_WRCSR
** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that
** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index
** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by
** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine
** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table
** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE
** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can
** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00).
**
** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
** will not work correctly.
**
** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
*/
static int btreeCursor(
Btree *p, /* The btree */
int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */
BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
assert( wrFlag==0
|| wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR
|| wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE)
);
/* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
** this lock. */
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) );
assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
/* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
if( wrFlag ){
allocateTempSpace(pBt);
if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
assert( wrFlag==0 );
iTable = 0;
}
/* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
pCur->iPage = -1;
pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
pCur->pBtree = p;
pCur->pBt = pBt;
pCur->curFlags = wrFlag ? BTCF_WriteFlag : 0;
pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY;
/* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such
** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */
for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){
pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple;
}
}
pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
pBt->pCursor = pCur;
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree *p, /* The btree */
int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
){
int rc;
if( iTable<1 ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}else{
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
**
** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque
** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
** this routine.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
}
/*
** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
**
** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT));
}
/*
** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
** when the last cursor is closed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
if( pBtree ){
BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 );
if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){
pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
}else{
if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey;
btreeParseCell(pCur->pPage,pCur->ix,&pCur->info);
}else{
assertCellInfo(pCur);
}
}
#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
/*
** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one
** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( pCur!=0 );
return pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
}
/*
** Return the value of the integer key or "rowid" for a table btree.
** This routine is only valid for a cursor that is pointing into a
** ordinary table btree. If the cursor points to an index btree or
** is invalid, the result of this routine is undefined.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( pCur->curIntKey );
getCellInfo(pCur);
return pCur->info.nKey;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
/*
** Return the offset into the database file for the start of the
** payload to which the cursor is pointing.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
getCellInfo(pCur);
return (i64)pCur->pBt->pageSize*((i64)pCur->pPage->pgno - 1) +
(i64)(pCur->info.pPayload - pCur->pPage->aData);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */
/*
** Return the number of bytes of payload for the entry that pCur is
** currently pointing to. For table btrees, this will be the amount
** of data. For index btrees, this will be the size of the key.
**
** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor *pCur){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
getCellInfo(pCur);
return pCur->info.nPayload;
}
/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
}else{
/* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp
** argument is interpreted as follows:
**
** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache.
** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache.
**
** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages
** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate
** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow).
** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset
** more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
**
** * An incremental vacuum,
** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
*/
static int accessPayload(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
unsigned char *aPayload;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iIdx = 0;
MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current entry */
BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf; /* Start of original out buffer */
#endif
assert( pPage );
assert( eOp==0 || eOp==1 );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( pCur->ix<pPage->nCell );
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
getCellInfo(pCur);
aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload;
assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload );
assert( aPayload > pPage->aData );
if( (uptr)(aPayload - pPage->aData) > (pBt->usableSize - pCur->info.nLocal) ){
/* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error. The
** conditional above is really:
** &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
/* Overflow chain ends prematurely */
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Read part of the payload for the row at which that cursor pCur is currently
** pointing. "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[]. The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** pCur can be pointing to either a table or an index b-tree.
** If pointing to a table btree, then the content section is read. If
** pCur is pointing to an index b-tree then the key section is read.
**
** For sqlite3BtreePayload(), the caller must ensure that pCur is pointing
** to a valid row in the table. For sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(), the
** cursor might be invalid or might need to be restored before being read.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
** the available payload.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->pPage );
assert( pCur->ix<pCur->pPage->nCell );
return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
}
/*
** This variant of sqlite3BtreePayload() works even if the cursor has not
** in the CURSOR_VALID state. It is only used by the sqlite3_blob_read()
** interface.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int accessPayloadChecked(
BtCursor *pCur,
u32 offset,
u32 amt,
void *pBuf
){
int rc;
if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
return SQLITE_ABORT;
}
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur);
return rc ? rc : accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
}else{
return accessPayloadChecked(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf);
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for
** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available
** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value
** returned will not be a valid pointer.
**
** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
** any btree routine is called.
*/
static const void *fetchPayload(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */
){
int amt;
assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->pPage);
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->ix<pCur->pPage->nCell );
assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 );
assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->pPage->aData || CORRUPT_DB );
assert( pCur->info.pPayload<pCur->pPage->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB);
amt = pCur->info.nLocal;
if( amt>(int)(pCur->pPage->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload) ){
/* There is too little space on the page for the expected amount
** of local content. Database must be corrupt. */
assert( CORRUPT_DB );
amt = MAX(0, (int)(pCur->pPage->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload));
}
*pAmt = (u32)amt;
return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload;
}
/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
**
** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
** this routine.
**
** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){
return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt);
}
/*
** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
** page number of the child page to move to.
**
** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
** vice-versa).
*/
static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
assert( pCur->iPage>=0 );
if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pCur->ix;
pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] = pCur->pPage;
assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
}else{
assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
}
}
#else
# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
#endif
/*
** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
**
** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
** the largest cell index.
*/
static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
MemPage *pLeaf;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
assert( pCur->pPage );
assertParentIndex(
pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
pCur->pPage->pgno
);
testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell );
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
pCur->ix = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1];
pLeaf = pCur->pPage;
pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[--pCur->iPage];
releasePageNotNull(pLeaf);
}
/*
** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
**
** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
**
** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise,
** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root
** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID.
**
** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
** b-tree).
*/
static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
MemPage *pRoot;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
assert( pCur->eState < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK || pCur->iPage<0 );
assert( pCur->pgnoRoot>0 || pCur->iPage<0 );
if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
if( pCur->iPage ){
releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage);
while( --pCur->iPage ){
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return rc;
}
pCur->iPage = 0;
pCur->curIntKey = pCur->pPage->intKey;
}
pRoot = pCur->pPage;
assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
/* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.
**
** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail
** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e.
** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted
** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table
** (or the freelist). */
assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 );
pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
}else{
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
** entry to which it is currently pointing.
**
** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
** in ascending order.
*/
static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
Pgno pgno;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
MemPage *pPage;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
assert( pCur->ix<pPage->nCell );
pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->ix));
rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
**
** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
** key in ascending order.
*/
static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
Pgno pgno;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
MemPage *pPage = 0;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
pCur->ix = pPage->nCell;
rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
pCur->ix = pPage->nCell-1;
assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
*pRes = 0;
rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}else if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
*pRes = 1;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is a no-op if cursor pCur does not point to a valid row.
** Otherwise, if pCur is valid, configure it so that the next call to
** sqlite3BtreeNext() is a no-op.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSkipNext(BtCursor *pCur){
/* We believe that the cursor must always be in the valid state when
** this routine is called, but the proof is difficult, so we add an
** ALWaYS() test just in case we are wrong. */
if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT;
pCur->skipNext = 1;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */
/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
/* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
}
assert( pCur->ix==pCur->pPage->nCell-1 );
assert( pCur->pPage->leaf );
#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast;
}
}else if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
*pRes = 1;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
return rc;
}
/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
**
** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
** is ignored.
**
** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
** before or after the key.
**
** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
** *pRes is as follows:
**
** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
**
** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
**
** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there
** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
i64 intKey, /* The table key */
int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
int *pRes /* Write search results here */
){
int rc;
RecordCompare xRecordCompare;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
assert( pRes );
assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->curIntKey!=0) );
/* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
if( pIdxKey==0
&& pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0
){
if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
*pRes = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){
assert( pCur->pPage->nCell > 0 );
assert( pCur->iPage==0 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey );
assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey );
for(;;){
int lwr, upr, idx, c;
Pgno chldPg;
MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
/* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */
assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
lwr = 0;
upr = pPage->nCell-1;
assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 );
idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */
if( rc ) break;
}
moveto_finish:
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
return rc;
}
/*
** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
**
** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
/* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
** as well as the boolean result value.
*/
return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
}
/*
** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is
** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently
** available.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){
i64 n;
u8 i;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
/* Currently this interface is only called by the OP_IfSmaller
** opcode, and it that case the cursor will always be valid and
** will always point to a leaf node. */
if( NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) ) return -1;
if( NEVER(pCur->pPage->leaf==0) ) return -1;
n = pCur->pPage->nCell;
for(i=0; i<pCur->iPage; i++){
n *= pCur->apPage[i]->nCell;
}
return n;
}
/*
** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.
** Return value:
**
** SQLITE_OK success
** SQLITE_DONE cursor is already pointing at the last element
** otherwise some kind of error occurred
**
** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext(). That routine is optimized
** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
** to the next cell on the current page. The (slower) btreeNext() helper
** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or
** to restore the cursor.
**
** If bit 0x01 of the F argument in sqlite3BtreeNext(C,F) is 1, then the
** cursor corresponds to an SQL index and this routine could have been
** skipped if the SQL index had been a unique index. The F argument
** is a hint to the implement. SQLite btree implementation does not use
** this hint, but COMDB2 does.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
int idx;
MemPage *pPage;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 );
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
pCur->skipNext = 0;
}
}
pPage = pCur->pPage;
idx = ++pCur->ix;
if( !pPage->isInit ){
/* The only known way for this to happen is for there to be a
** recursive SQL function that does a DELETE operation as part of a
** SELECT which deletes content out from under an active cursor
** in a corrupt database file where the table being DELETE-ed from
** has pages in common with the table being queried. See TH3
** module cov1/btree78.test testcase 220 (2018-06-08) for an
** example. */
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
/* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx
** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies
** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can
** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the
** page into more than one b-tree structure. */
testcase( idx>pPage->nCell );
if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
if( !pPage->leaf ){
rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
if( rc ) return rc;
return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
}
if( pPage->leaf ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){
MemPage *pPage;
UNUSED_PARAMETER( flags ); /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( flags==0 || flags==1 );
assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl);
if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur);
pPage = pCur->pPage;
if( (++pCur->ix)>=pPage->nCell ){
pCur->ix--;
return btreeNext(pCur);
}
if( pPage->leaf ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
return moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
}
/*
** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.
** Return values:
**
** SQLITE_OK success
** SQLITE_DONE the cursor is already on the first element of the table
** otherwise some kind of error occurred
**
** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious(). That routine is optimized
** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx
** to the previous cell on the current page. The (slower) btreePrevious()
** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page
** or to restore the cursor.
**
** If bit 0x01 of the F argument to sqlite3BtreePrevious(C,F) is 1, then
** the cursor corresponds to an SQL index and this routine could have been
** skipped if the SQL index had been a unique index. The F argument is a
** hint to the implement. The native SQLite btree implementation does not
** use this hint, but COMDB2 does.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc;
MemPage *pPage;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 );
assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 );
if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
return SQLITE_DONE;
pPage = pCur->pPage;
if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, 0);
}else{
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
return rc;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( flags==0 || flags==1 );
assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID );
UNUSED_PARAMETER( flags ); /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey);
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID
|| pCur->ix==0
|| pCur->pPage->leaf==0
){
return btreePrevious(pCur);
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
if( nOvfl ){
rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
&& sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
){
/* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
** can be problematic.
*/
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
if( memcmp(pDest, ((u8*)pX->pData) + iOffset, iAmt)!=0 ){
int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
if( rc ) return rc;
memcpy(pDest, ((u8*)pX->pData) + iOffset, iAmt);
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Overwrite the cell that cursor pCur is pointing to with fresh content
** contained in pX.
*/
static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){
int iOffset; /* Next byte of pX->pData to write */
int nTotal = pX->nData + pX->nZero; /* Total bytes of to write */
int rc; /* Return code */
MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Page being written */
BtShared *pBt; /* Btree */
Pgno ovflPgno; /* Next overflow page to write */
u32 ovflPageSize; /* Size to write on overflow page */
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
if( rc ) return rc;
iOffset += ovflPageSize;
}while( iOffset<nTotal );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Insert a new record into the BTree. The content of the new record
** is described by the pX object. The pCur cursor is used only to
** define what table the record should be inserted into, and is left
** pointing at a random location.
**
** For a table btree (used for rowid tables), only the pX.nKey value of
** the key is used. The pX.pKey value must be NULL. The pX.nKey is the
** rowid or INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of the row. The pX.nData,pData,nZero fields
** hold the content of the row.
**
** For an index btree (used for indexes and WITHOUT ROWID tables), the
** key is an arbitrary byte sequence stored in pX.pKey,nKey. The
** pX.pData,nData,nZero fields must be zero.
**
** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey,nKey) has already
** been performed. In other words, if seekResult!=0 then the cursor
** is currently pointing to a cell that will be adjacent to the cell
** to be inserted. If seekResult<0 then pCur points to a cell that is
** smaller then (pKey,nKey). If seekResult>0 then pCur points to a cell
** that is larger than (pKey,nKey).
**
** If seekResult==0, that means pCur is pointing at some unknown location.
** In that case, this routine must seek the cursor to the correct insertion
** point for (pKey,nKey) before doing the insertion. For index btrees,
** if pX->nMem is non-zero, then pX->aMem contains pointers to the unpacked
** key values and pX->aMem can be used instead of pX->pKey to avoid having
** to decode the key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
const BtreePayload *pX, /* Content of the row to be inserted */
int flags, /* True if this is likely an append */
int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
){
int rc;
int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */
int szNew = 0;
int idx;
MemPage *pPage;
Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
unsigned char *oldCell;
unsigned char *newCell = 0;
assert( (flags & (BTREE_SAVEPOSITION|BTREE_APPEND))==flags );
if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
return pCur->skipNext;
}
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0
&& pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE
&& (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
/* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
** blob of associated data. */
assert( (pX->pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
/* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
**
** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
** not to clear the cursor here.
*/
if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
assert( pX->pKey==0 );
/* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
** cursors open on the row being replaced */
invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0);
/* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ){
assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey );
assert( pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey );
assert( pCur->info.nSize!=0 );
assert( loc==0 );
}
#endif
/* On the other hand, BTREE_SAVEPOSITION==0 does not imply
** that the cursor is not pointing to a row to be overwritten.
** So do a complete check.
*/
if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey ){
/* The cursor is pointing to the entry that is to be
** overwritten */
assert( pX->nData>=0 && pX->nZero>=0 );
if( pCur->info.nSize!=0
&& pCur->info.nPayload==(u32)pX->nData+pX->nZero
){
/* New entry is the same size as the old. Do an overwrite */
return btreeOverwriteCell(pCur, pX);
}
assert( loc==0 );
}else if( loc==0 ){
/* The cursor is *not* pointing to the cell to be overwritten, nor
** to an adjacent cell. Move the cursor so that it is pointing either
** to the cell to be overwritten or an adjacent cell.
*/
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
}else{
/* This is an index or a WITHOUT ROWID table */
/* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing
** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted.
*/
assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || loc==0 );
/* If the cursor is not already pointing either to the cell to be
** overwritten, or if a new cell is being inserted, if the cursor is
** not pointing to an immediately adjacent cell, then move the cursor
** so that it does.
*/
if( loc==0 && (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ){
if( pX->nMem ){
UnpackedRecord r;
r.pKeyInfo = pCur->pKeyInfo;
r.aMem = pX->aMem;
r.nField = pX->nMem;
r.default_rc = 0;
r.errCode = 0;
r.r1 = 0;
r.r2 = 0;
r.eqSeen = 0;
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, &r, 0, flags!=0, &loc);
}else{
rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pX->pKey, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc);
}
if( rc ) return rc;
}
/* If the cursor is currently pointing to an entry to be overwritten
** and the new content is the same as as the old, then use the
** overwrite optimization.
*/
if( loc==0 ){
getCellInfo(pCur);
if( pCur->info.nKey==pX->nKey ){
BtreePayload x2;
x2.pData = pX->pKey;
x2.nData = pX->nKey;
x2.nZero = 0;
pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey;
}else{
assert( pPage->leaf );
}
insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
/* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey
** variables.
**
** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
** slightly faster.
**
** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
*/
pCur->info.nSize = 0;
if( pPage->nOverflow ){
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey);
rc = balance(pCur);
/* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0;
pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
if( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur);
if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){
assert( pCur->pKey==0 );
pCur->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pX->nKey );
if( pCur->pKey==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
pCur->nKey = pX->nKey;
}
}
assert( pCur->iPage<0 || pCur->pPage->nOverflow==0 );
end_insert:
return rc;
}
/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.
**
** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then
** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete.
** But if that bit is set, then the cursor is left in a state such that
** the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() moves it to the same row
** as it would have been on if the call to BtreeDelete() had been omitted.
**
** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit of flags indicates that is one of several deletes
** associated with a single table entry and its indexes. Only one of those
** deletes is considered the "primary" delete. The primary delete occurs
** on a cursor that is not a BTREE_FORDELETE cursor. All but one delete
** operation on non-FORDELETE cursors is tagged with the AUXDELETE flag.
** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit is a hint that is not used by this implementation,
** but which might be used by alternative storage engines.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){
Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
int rc; /* Return code */
MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */
int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */
u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) );
assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 );
assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag );
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
assert( pCur->ix<pCur->pPage->nCell );
assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
assert( (flags & ~(BTREE_SAVEPOSITION | BTREE_AUXDELETE))==0 );
iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
iCellIdx = pCur->ix;
pPage = pCur->pPage;
pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
/* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must
** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete
** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor
** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before
** returning.
**
** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor
** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately
** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */
if( bPreserve ){
if( !pPage->leaf
|| (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3)
){
/* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry.
** Save the cursor key. */
rc = saveCursorKey(pCur);
if( rc ) return rc;
}else{
bSkipnext = 1;
}
}
/* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */
if( !pPage->leaf ){
rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, 0);
assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
if( rc ) return rc;
}
/* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
** making any modifications. */
if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){
rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
/* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */
if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
}
/* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any
** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell
** itself from within the page. */
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
if( rc ) return rc;
rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &info);
dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, info.nSize, &rc);
if( rc ) return rc;
/* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
** node to replace the deleted cell. */
if( !pPage->leaf ){
MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->pPage;
int nCell;
Pgno n;
unsigned char *pTmp;
assert( pTmp!=0 );
rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
}
dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
if( rc ) return rc;
}
/* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
** never true.
**
** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
** well. */
rc = balance(pCur);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage);
pCur->iPage--;
while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
}
pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
rc = balance(pCur);
return rc;
}
#else
if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
/* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
** held by open cursors.
*/
invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
/* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
*/
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
pgnoRoot++;
if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
/* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
** is already journaled.
*/
u8 eType = 0;
Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
/* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in
** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference
** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */
rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
releasePage(pPageMove);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
/* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
releasePage(pPage);
return rc;
}
/*
** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
** the root page is empty, but still exists.
**
** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
** root of the table.
**
** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
** entries in the table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
int rc;
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
/* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
** a no-op). */
invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 1);
rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0);
}
/*
** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
**
** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
** cursors on the table.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
** root page in the database file, then the last root page
** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
}
#endif
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
/*
** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
int rc; /* Return code */
/* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
** accordingly.
*/
pPage = pCur->pPage;
if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
nEntry += pPage->nCell;
}
/* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
**
** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
** caller.
*/
if( pPage->leaf ){
*pnEntry = nEntry;
return moveToRoot(pCur);
}
moveToParent(pCur);
}while ( pCur->ix>=pCur->pPage->nCell );
pCur->ix++;
pPage = pCur->pPage;
}
/* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
*/
iIdx = pCur->ix;
if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
}else{
rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
}
}
rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
return rc;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
**
** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
int rc;
assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCsr) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob );
rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
return SQLITE_ABORT;
}
/* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is
** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch
** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below.
**
** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition()
** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence
** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK.
*/
VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* Check some assumptions:
** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
*/
if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){
return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0
&& pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
assert( pCsr->pPage->intKey );
return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
}
/*
** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob;
pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1;
}
#endif
/*
** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
}
}
}
}
pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL;
return rc;
}
/*
** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified. This routine is
** only used from within assert() statements
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){
return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0;
}
/*
** Return true if the given Btree is read-only.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){
** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
** from failing. */
return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort || hasFkCounter
|| (hasCreateTable && hasInitCoroutine) );
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Increment the nWrite counter in the VDBE if the cursor is not an
** ephemeral cursor, or if the cursor argument is NULL.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pC){
if( pC==0
|| (pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER
&& pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO
&& !pC->isEphemeral)
){
p->nWrite++;
}
}
** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
** to its initial state after it has been run.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */
){
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
int nVar; /* Number of parameters */
int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */
int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */
int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
int n; /* Loop counter */
struct ReusableSpace x; /* Reusable bulk memory */
assert( p!=0 );
assert( p->nOp>0 );
assert( pParse!=0 );
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
assert( pParse==p->pParse );
db = p->db;
assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
nVar = pParse->nVar;
nMem = pParse->nMem;
nCursor = pParse->nTab;
nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
/* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can
** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate
** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater.
** See also: allocateCursor().
*/
nMem += nCursor;
if( nCursor==0 && nMem>0 ) nMem++; /* Space for aMem[0] even if not used */
/* Figure out how much reusable memory is available at the end of the
** opcode array. This extra memory will be reallocated for other elements
** of the prepared statement.
*/
n = ROUND8(sizeof(Op)*p->nOp); /* Bytes of opcode memory used */
assert( x.nFree>=0 );
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(&x.pSpace[x.nFree]) );
resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
nMem = 10;
}
p->expired = 0;
/* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two
** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the
** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation.
**
** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly
** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
*/
do {
initMemArray(p->aMem, nMem, db, MEM_Undefined);
memset(p->apCsr, 0, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*));
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS
memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp*sizeof(i64));
#endif
}
sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
}
/*
** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
** happens to hold.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
if( pCx==0 ){
return;
}
assert( pCx->pBtx==0 || pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
switch( pCx->eCurType ){
case CURTYPE_SORTER: {
sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
/* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
** the call above. */
}else{
assert( pCx->uc.pCursor!=0 );
sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->uc.pCursor);
}
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
case CURTYPE_VTAB: {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur = pCx->uc.pVCur;
const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVCur->pVtab->pModule;
assert( pVCur->pVtab->nRef>0 );
pVCur->pVtab->nRef--;
pModule->xClose(pVCur);
break;
}
#endif
}
}
/*
** Close all cursors in the current frame.
*/
static void closeCursorsInFrame(Vdbe *p){
if( p->apCsr ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
if( pC ){
sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
p->apCsr[i] = 0;
}
v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
v->db->nChange = pFrame->nDbChange;
sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(v->db, &v->pAuxData, -1, 0);
v->pAuxData = pFrame->pAuxData;
pFrame->pAuxData = 0;
return pFrame->pc;
}
/*
** Close all cursors.
**
** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
** open cursors.
*/
static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
if( p->pFrame ){
VdbeFrame *pFrame;
for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
p->pFrame = 0;
p->nFrame = 0;
}
assert( p->nFrame==0 );
}
if( p->pNext ){
p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
}
p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
p->db = 0;
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p);
}
/*
** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been
** carried out. Seek the cursor now. If an error occurs, return
** the appropriate error code.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
int res, rc;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
extern int sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
assert( p->deferredMoveto );
assert( p->isTable );
assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
p->deferredMoveto = 0;
p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place. Maybe the row it was
** pointed to was deleted out from under it. Or maybe the btree was
** rebalanced. Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it
** is supposed to be pointing. If the row was deleted out from under the
** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row.
*/
static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){
int isDifferentRow, rc;
assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( p->uc.pCursor!=0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->uc.pCursor, &isDifferentRow);
p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1;
return rc;
}
/*
** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid. Restore the cursor
** if need be. Return any I/O error from the restore operation.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){
assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){
return handleMovedCursor(p);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
** a NULL row.
**
** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){
VdbeCursor *p = *pp;
assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || p->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO );
if( p->deferredMoveto ){
int iMap;
if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){
*pp = p->pAltCursor;
*piCol = iMap - 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
/* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
idx_rowid_corruption:
testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
/*
** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number
** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
**
** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key */
int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
){
i64 nCellKey = 0;
int rc;
BtCursor *pCur;
Mem m;
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
pCur = pC->uc.pCursor;
if( pMem->zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
}
sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p);
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
/*
** Invoke the pre-update hook. If this is an UPDATE or DELETE pre-update call,
** then cursor passed as the second argument should point to the row about
** to be update or deleted. If the application calls sqlite3_preupdate_old(),
** the required value will be read from the row the cursor points to.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(
Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe pre-update hook is invoked by */
VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to grab old.* values from */
int op, /* SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE */
const char *zDb, /* Database name */
Table *pTab, /* Modified table */
i64 iKey1, /* Initial key value */
int iReg /* Register for new.* record */
){
** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing
** like that ever happens.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M)
#else
# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
#endif
/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
#endif
/*
** knowing it.
**
** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc.
*/
#define Deephemeralize(P) \
if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
&& sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
#define isSorter(x) ((x)->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER)
/*
** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */
int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */
){
/* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
**
** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
** allocations.
**
** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
**
** The memory cell for cursor 0 is aMem[0]. The rest are allocated from
** the top of the register space. Cursor 1 is at Mem[p->nMem-1].
** Cursor 2 is at Mem[p->nMem-2]. And so forth.
*/
Mem *pMem = iCur>0 ? &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur] : p->aMem;
int nByte;
VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
nByte =
ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField +
(eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0);
pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(p); }
#endif
if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
/* Fall through into OP_Halt */
}
/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5
**
** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed
** automatically.
**
** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback
** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort,
** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction.
**
** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
**
** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence
** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
*/
assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
/* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
** a side effect.
*/
pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) );
Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]);
VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2);
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
goto jump_to_p2;
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: IfNullRow P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2
**
** Check the cursor P1 to see if it is currently pointing at a NULL row.
** If it is, then set register P3 to NULL and jump immediately to P2.
** If P1 is not on a NULL row, then fall through without making any
** changes.
*/
case OP_IfNullRow: { /* jump */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->nullRow ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(aMem + pOp->p3);
goto jump_to_p2;
}
break;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC
/* Opcode: Offset P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)
**
** Store in register r[P3] the byte offset into the database file that is the
** start of the payload for the record at which that cursor P1 is currently
** pointing.
**
** P2 is the column number for the argument to the sqlite_offset() function.
** This opcode does not use P2 itself, but the P2 value is used by the
** code generator. The P1, P2, and P3 operands to this opcode are the
** same as for OP_Column.
**
** This opcode is only available if SQLite is compiled with the
** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC option.
*/
case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */
VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
if( NEVER(pC==0) || pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_BTREE ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, sqlite3BtreeOffset(pC->uc.pCursor));
}
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */
/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column
** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1)
** values in the record, extract a NULL.
**
** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
**
** If the record contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or,
** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
** the result.
**
** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
** register has changed should have this bit set.
**
** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 then
** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length()
** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be
** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof().
*/
case OP_Column: {
int p2; /* column number to retrieve */
VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */
BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */
u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
int i; /* Loop counter */
Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */
Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */
const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */
const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */
const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
u64 offset64; /* 64-bit offset */
u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */
Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
p2 = pOp->p2;
/* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at
** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary
** B-Tree seek. */
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) );
pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
memAboutToChange(p, pDest);
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( p2<pC->nField );
aOffset = pC->aOffset;
assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB );
assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow );
assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER );
if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/
if( pC->nullRow ){
if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ){
/* For the special case of as pseudo-cursor, the seekResult field
** identifies the register that holds the record */
assert( pC->seekResult>0 );
pReg = &aMem[pC->seekResult];
assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
assert( memIsValid(pReg) );
pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = pReg->n;
pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z;
}else{
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
goto op_column_out;
}
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
}
/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=count()
**
** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index
** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
case OP_Count: { /* out2 */
i64 nEntry;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor;
assert( pCrsr );
nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format.
** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2 */
int iMeta;
int iDb;
int iCookie;
assert( p->bIsReader );
iDb = pOp->p1;
iCookie = pOp->p3;
sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0);
p->expired = 0;
}
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3.
** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for
** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1
** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
**
** Allowed P5 bits:
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
** </ul>
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the
** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a
** number of columns no less than the value of P4.
**
** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx
*/
/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** The ReopenIdx opcode works like OP_OpenRead except that it first
** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open on the same
** b-tree and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op. In other words,
** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it.
**
** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 or P5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ
** and with P4 being a P4_KEYINFO object. Furthermore, the P3 value must
** be the same as every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor
** number.
**
** Allowed P5 bits:
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
** </ul>
**
** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_OpenWrite
*/
/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3
**
** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
** page is P2 (or whose root page is held in register P2 if the
** OPFLAG_P2ISREG bit is set in P5 - see below).
**
** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo
** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the
** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating
** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer
** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a
** number of columns no less than the value of P4.
**
** Allowed P5 bits:
** <ul>
** <li> <b>0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ</b>: This cursor will only be used for
** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT
** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT)
** <li> <b>0x08 OPFLAG_FORDELETE</b>: This cursor is used only to seek
** and subsequently delete entries in an index btree. This is a
** hint to the storage engine that the storage engine is allowed to
** ignore. The hint is not used by the official SQLite b*tree storage
** engine, but is used by COMDB2.
** <li> <b>0x10 OPFLAG_P2ISREG</b>: Use the content of register P2
** as the root page, not the value of P2 itself.
** </ul>
**
** This instruction works like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.
**
** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_ReopenIdx
*/
case OP_ReopenIdx: {
int nField;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
int p2;
int iDb;
int wrFlag;
Btree *pX;
VdbeCursor *pCur;
Db *pDb;
assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){
assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 ); /* Guaranteed by the code generator */
goto open_cursor_set_hints;
}
/* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different
** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */
case OP_OpenRead:
case OP_OpenWrite:
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
assert( p->bIsReader );
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx
|| p->readOnly==0 );
if( p->expired==1 ){
pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
#endif
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->uc.pCursor);
pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
/* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of
** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
** since moved into the btree layer. */
pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
open_cursor_set_hints:
assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD );
assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ );
testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR );
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ );
#endif
sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor,
(pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ)));
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: OpenDup P1 P2 * * *
**
** Open a new cursor P1 that points to the same ephemeral table as
** cursor P2. The P2 cursor must have been opened by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
** opcode. Only ephemeral cursors may be duplicated.
**
** Duplicate ephemeral cursors are used for self-joins of materialized views.
*/
case OP_OpenDup: {
VdbeCursor *pOrig; /* The original cursor to be duplicated */
VdbeCursor *pCx; /* The new cursor */
pOrig = p->apCsr[pOp->p2];
assert( pOrig->pBtx!=0 ); /* Only ephemeral cursors can be duplicated */
pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOrig->nField, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE);
if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
pCx->nullRow = 1;
pCx->isEphemeral = 1;
pCx->pKeyInfo = pOrig->pKeyInfo;
pCx->isTable = pOrig->isTable;
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pOrig->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR,
pCx->pKeyInfo, pCx->uc.pCursor);
/* The sqlite3BtreeCursor() routine can only fail for the first cursor
** opened for a database. Since there is already an open cursor when this
** opcode is run, the sqlite3BtreeCursor() cannot fail */
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
break;
}
/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
** that defines the format of keys in the index.
**
** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of
** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
** added automatically.
*/
/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
** Synopsis: nColumn=P2
if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db );
assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) );
rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump
** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the
** the sequence value.
*/
case OP_SequenceTest: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( isSorter(pC) );
if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){
goto jump_to_p2;
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2]
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory
** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode
** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
**
** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
** the pseudo-table.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {
VdbeCursor *pCx;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
assert( pOp->p3>=0 );
pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, CURTYPE_PSEUDO);
if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
pCx->nullRow = 1;
pCx->seekResult = pOp->p2;
pCx->isTable = 1;
/* Give this pseudo-cursor a fake BtCursor pointer so that pCx
** can be safely passed to sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(). This avoids a test
** for pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE inside of sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto()
** which is a performance optimization */
pCx->uc.pCursor = sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor();
assert( pOp->p5==0 );
break;
}
/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Close: {
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
break;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK
/* Opcode: ColumnsUsed P1 * * P4 *
**
** This opcode (which only exists if SQLite was compiled with
** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK) identifies which columns of the
** table or index for cursor P1 are used. P4 is a 64-bit integer
** (P4_INT64) in which the first 63 bits are one for each of the
** first 63 columns of the table or index that are actually used
** by the cursor. The high-order bit is set if any column after
** the 64th is used.
*/
case OP_ColumnsUsed: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
pC->maskUsed = *(u64*)pOp->p4.pI64;
break;
}
#endif
/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments.
** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that
** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than
** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
*/
/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys),
** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers
** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers
** that are used as an unpacked index key.
**
** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that
** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records
** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
**
** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this
** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or
** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this
** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments.
** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the
** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
*/
case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3, group */
case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3, group */
case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3, group */
case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3, group */
int res; /* Comparison result */
int oc; /* Opcode */
VdbeCursor *pC; /* The cursor to seek */
UnpackedRecord r; /* The key to seek for */
int nField; /* Number of columns or fields in the key */
i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */
int eqOnly; /* Only interested in == results */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( pC->isOrdered );
assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
oc = pOp->opcode;
eqOnly = 0;
pC->nullRow = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode;
#endif
if( pC->isTable ){
/* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0
|| CORRUPT_DB );
/* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do
** the seek, so convert it. */
pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){
applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0);
}
assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) );
if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++;
}
}
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}else{
/* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and
** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed
** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key.
*/
if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){
eqOnly = 1;
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE );
assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 );
assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 );
assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 );
}else if( eqOnly ){
assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT );
pOp++; /* Skip the OP_IdxLt or OP_IdxGT that follows */
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: SeekHit P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: seekHit=P2
**
** Set the seekHit flag on cursor P1 to the value in P2.
** The seekHit flag is used by the IfNoHope opcode.
**
** P1 must be a valid b-tree cursor. P2 must be a boolean value,
** either 0 or 1.
*/
case OP_SeekHit: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( pOp->p2==0 || pOp->p2==1 );
pC->seekHit = pOp->p2 & 1;
break;
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be
** advanced in the forward direction. The Next instruction will work,
** but not the Prev instruction.
**
** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
** matching entry.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict, IfNoHope
*/
/* Opcode: IfNoHope P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4]
**
** Register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
** record.
**
** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the
** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the
** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump
** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1
** cursor pointing to the matching row.
**
** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the
** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL.
**
** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be
** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev
** opcodes do not work after this operation.
**
** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists
*/
case OP_IfNoHope: { /* jump, in3 */
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
}else{
VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2);
if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2;
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: SeekRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
**
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not
** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2.
** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain
** a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** The OP_NotExists opcode performs the same operation, but with OP_NotExists
** the P3 register must be guaranteed to contain an integer value. With this
** opcode, register P3 might not contain an integer.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
** not work following this opcode.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid
*/
/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3]
**
** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer
** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with
** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an
** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then
** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next
** instruction.
**
** The OP_SeekRowid opcode performs the same operation but also allows the
** P3 register to contain a non-integer value, in which case the jump is
** always taken. This opcode requires that P3 always contain an integer.
**
** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees
** (with arbitrary multi-value keys).
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced
** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will
** not work following this opcode.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid
*/
case OP_SeekRowid: { /* jump, in3 */
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
int res;
u64 iKey;
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}else{
goto jump_to_p2;
}
}
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++
**
** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
** Write the sequence number into register P2.
** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
** instruction.
*/
case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB );
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
break;
}
/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
**
** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written
** written to register P2.
**
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2 */
pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
pOut->u.i = v;
break;
}
/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]
**
** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is
** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
** be a MEM_Int.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
**
** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might
** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However,
** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equal to P3.
**
** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to
** the update hook.
**
** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is
** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked
** following a successful insert.
**
** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the
** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not
** cause any problems.)
**
** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2]
**
** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
assert( pTab->aCol!=0 );
db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg,
(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT,
zDb, pTab->zName, x.nKey);
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
**
** If the OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of the P5 parameter is set, then
** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case
** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If
** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be
** left in an undefined state.
**
** If the OPFLAG_AUXDELETE bit is set on P5, that indicates that this
** delete one of several associated with deleting a table row and all its
** associated index entries. Exactly one of those deletes is the "primary"
** delete. The others are all on OPFLAG_FORDELETE cursors or else are
** marked with the AUXDELETE flag.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 (NB: P2 not P5) is set, then the row
** change count is incremented (otherwise not).
**
** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with
** multiple rows.
**
** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either
** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must
** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in
** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is
** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured,
** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2.
**
** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address
** of the memory cell that contains the value that the rowid of the row will
** be set to by the update.
*/
case OP_Delete: {
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HasRowid(pOp->p4.pTab) && pOp->p5==0 ){
/* If p5 is zero, the seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to
** OP_Delete will have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of
** the row that is being deleted */
i64 iKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey );
}
#endif
/* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to
** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy
** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was
** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set
** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */
if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){
assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
assert( pOp->p4.pTab!=0 );
zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName;
pTab = pOp->p4.pTab;
if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)!=0 && pC->isTable ){
pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
}
*/
case OP_ResetCount: {
sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
p->nChange = 0;
break;
}
/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4
** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2
**
** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the
** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that
** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields
** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared.
**
** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant
** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then
** the comparison is assumed to be equal.
**
** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to
** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different.
*/
case OP_SorterCompare: {
rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res);
VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
break;
};
/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1.
** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3.
**
** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into
** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using
** OpenPseudo. That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by
** parameter P3. Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves
** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache.
*/
case OP_SorterData: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( isSorter(pC) );
rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut);
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
break;
}
/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=data
**
** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at
** which cursor P1 is currently pointing.
** There is no interpretation of the data.
** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as
** it is found in the database file.
**
** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row.
** If cursor P2 is a table, then the content extracted is the data.
**
** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
** If P3!=0 then this opcode is allowed to make an ephemeral pointer
** into the database page. That means that the content of the output
** register will be invalidated as soon as the cursor moves - including
** moves caused by other cursors that "save" the current cursors
** position in order that they can write to the same table. If P3==0
** then a copy of the data is made into memory. P3!=0 is faster, but
** P3==0 is safer.
**
** If P3!=0 then the content of the P2 register is unsuitable for use
** in OP_Result and any OP_Result will invalidate the P2 register content.
** The P2 register content is invalidated by opcodes like OP_Function or
** by any use of another cursor pointing to the same table.
*/
case OP_RowData: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
u32 n;
pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp);
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( isSorter(pC)==0 );
assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor;
/* The OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
** OP_SeekRowid or OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions
** that might invalidate the cursor.
** If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s
** would fail. Should this ever change (because of changes in the code
** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to
** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto().
*/
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) );
#if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
v = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor);
}
pOut->u.i = v;
break;
}
/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
**
** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations
** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
** write a NULL.
*/
case OP_NullRow: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
pC->nullRow = 1;
pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->uc.pCursor);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( pC->seekOp==0 ) pC->seekOp = OP_NullRow;
#endif
break;
}
/* Opcode: SeekEnd P1 * * * *
**
** Position cursor P1 at the end of the btree for the purpose of
** appending a new entry onto the btree.
**
** It is assumed that the cursor is used only for appending and so
** if the cursor is valid, then the cursor must already be pointing
** at the end of the btree and so no changes are made to
** the cursor.
*/
/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order,
** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Prev, not Next.
*/
case OP_SeekEnd:
case OP_Last: { /* jump */
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
int res;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * P5
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2.
** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following
** instruction.
**
** If P5 is non-zero and the table is not empty, then the "skip-next"
** flag is set on the cursor so that the next OP_Next instruction
** executed on it is a no-op.
**
** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order,
** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is
** configured to use Next, not Prev.
*/
case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
int res;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
pC->nullRow = (u8)res;
assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2);
if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
break;
}
/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or
** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor. Next is not allowed
** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have
** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreeNext().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
**
** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or
** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor. Prev is not allowed
** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is
** not open then the behavior is undefined.
**
** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that
** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been
** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is
** always either 0 or 1.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
/* Opcode: SorterNext P1 P2 * * P5
**
** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that P1 must be a
** sorter object for which the OP_SorterSort opcode has been
** invoked. This opcode advances the cursor to the next sorted
** record, or jumps to P2 if there are no more sorted records.
*/
case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */
VdbeCursor *pC;
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( isSorter(pC) );
rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC);
goto next_tail;
case OP_Prev: /* jump */
** be an optimization.
**
** If P5 has the OPFLAG_APPEND bit set, that is a hint to the b-tree layer
** that this insert is likely to be an append.
**
** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is
** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear,
** then the change counter is unchanged.
**
** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might
** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However,
** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior
** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent
** to P2.
**
** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
/* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: key=r[P2]
**
** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
}
if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3]
**
** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the
** index opened by cursor P1.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
int res;
UnpackedRecord r;
assert( pOp->p3>0 );
assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 );
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
}
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
pC->seekResult = 0;
break;
}
/* Opcode: DeferredSeek P1 * P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed
**
** P1 is an open index cursor and P3 is a cursor on the corresponding
** table. This opcode does a deferred seek of the P3 table cursor
** to the row that corresponds to the current row of P1.
**
** This is a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until
** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads
** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
**
** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing
** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i)
** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is
** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i
** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect
** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to
** seek and read cursor P3.
*/
/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid
**
** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be
** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
*/
case OP_DeferredSeek:
case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2 */
VdbeCursor *pC; /* The P1 index cursor */
VdbeCursor *pTabCur; /* The P2 table cursor (OP_DeferredSeek only) */
i64 rowid; /* Rowid that P1 current points to */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 );
assert( pC->isTable==0 );
assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
assert( !pC->nullRow || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid );
/* The IdxRowid and Seek opcodes are combined because of the commonality
** of sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore() and sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(). */
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC);
/* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted
** out from under the cursor. That will never happens for an IdxRowid
** or Seek opcode */
if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
if( !pC->nullRow ){
rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */
rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pC->uc.pCursor, &rowid);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
if( pOp->opcode==OP_DeferredSeek ){
** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the
** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a
** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero
** is stored in register P2.
**
** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when
** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with
** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM
** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM
** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum
** and non-autovacuum modes.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */
int iMoved;
int iDb;
aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange;
}
}
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * *
**
** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter
** that is open on cursor P1.
**
** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and
** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen.
*/
case OP_ResetSorter: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pC!=0 );
if( isSorter(pC) ){
sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->uc.pSorter);
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
/* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt
** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ){
/* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
*/
nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr;
assert( nMem>0 );
if( pProgram->nCsr==0 ) nMem++;
nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+ nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+ pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor*)
+ (pProgram->nOp + 7)/8;
pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
db->nVDestroy--;
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
case OP_VOpen: {
VdbeCursor *pCur;
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
assert( p->bIsReader );
pCur = 0;
pVCur = 0;
pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){
rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
pModule = pVtab->pModule;
rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVCur);
sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
/* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
pVCur->pVtab = pVtab;
/* Initialize vdbe cursor object */
pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, CURTYPE_VTAB);
if( pCur ){
pCur->uc.pVCur = pVCur;
pVtab->nRef++;
}else{
assert( db->mallocFailed );
pModule->xClose(pVCur);
goto no_mem;
}
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'
**
** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if
** the filtered result set is empty.
**
** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left
** to the module implementation.
**
** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
**
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
int nArg;
int iQuery;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
Mem *pQuery;
Mem *pArgc;
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
VdbeCursor *pCur;
int res;
int i;
Mem **apArg;
pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
pArgc = &pQuery[1];
pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( memIsValid(pQuery) );
if( res ) goto jump_to_p2;
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * P5
** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)
**
** Store in register P3 the value of the P2-th column of
** the current row of the virtual-table of cursor P1.
**
** If the VColumn opcode is being used to fetch the value of
** an unchanging column during an UPDATE operation, then the P5
** value is OPFLAG_NOCHNG. This will cause the sqlite3_vtab_nochange()
** function to return true inside the xColumn method of the virtual
** table implementation. The P5 column might also contain other
** bits (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG) but those bits are
** unused by OP_VColumn.
*/
case OP_VColumn: {
break;
}
pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab;
pModule = pVtab->pModule;
assert( pModule->xNext );
/* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
*/
rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->uc.pVCur);
sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab);
if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
res = pModule->xEof(pCur->uc.pVCur);
VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2);
if( !res ){
/* If there is data, jump to P2 */
goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt;
}
pOp->p1 = 0;
}
pOp->p1++;
p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]++;
goto jump_to_p2;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS
/* Opcode: CursorHint P1 * * P4 *
**
** Provide a hint to cursor P1 that it only needs to return rows that
** satisfy the Expr in P4. TK_REGISTER terms in the P4 expression refer
** to values currently held in registers. TK_COLUMN terms in the P4
** expression refer to columns in the b-tree to which cursor P1 is pointing.
*/
case OP_CursorHint: {
VdbeCursor *pC;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_EXPR );
pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
if( pC ){
assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE );
sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_HINT_RANGE,
/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
struct Incrblob {
int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
u16 iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */
BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
char *zDb; /* Database name */
Table *pTab; /* Table object */
};
/*
** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
**
** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
** sqlite3DbFree().
**
** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
int rc; /* Error code */
char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
/* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow.
** This is done directly as a performance optimization
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
}
pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse);
assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
if( pBlob->pStmt ){
/* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
**
** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
** blob_bytes() functions.
**
** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
** transaction.
*/
static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2);
static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
{OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Acquire a read or write lock */
{OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Open a cursor */
/* blobSeekToRow() will initialize r[1] to the desired rowid */
{OP_NotExists, 0, 5, 1}, /* 2: Seek the cursor to rowid=r[1] */
{OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 3 */
{OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 4 */
{OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */
};
Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
VdbeOp *aOp;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag,
pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie,
}
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
#endif
/* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite;
aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum;
aOp[1].p3 = iDb;
/* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
** think that the table has one more column than it really
** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
** and offset cache without causing any IO.
*/
aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32;
aOp[1].p4.i = pTab->nCol+1;
aOp[3].p2 = pTab->nCol;
sParse.nVar = 0;
sParse.nMem = 1;
sParse.nTab = 1;
sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse);
rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
}else{
/* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
*/
assert( db == v->db );
sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK
if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){
/* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor,
** invoke it here.
**
** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this
** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably
** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values
** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an
** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the
** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually
** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column
** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite() Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter
** object. The row is a binary blob in the
** OP_MakeRecord format that contains both
** the ORDER BY key columns and result columns
** in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or
** the complete record for an index entry
** in the case of a CREATE INDEX.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() Sort all content previously added.
** Position the read cursor on the
** first sorted element.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext() Advance the read cursor to the next sorted
** element.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey() Return the complete binary blob for the
** row currently under the read cursor.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare() Compare the binary blob for the row
** currently under the read cursor against
** another binary blob X and report if
** X is strictly less than the read cursor.
** Used to enforce uniqueness in a
** CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterClose() Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim
** all resources.
**
** sqlite3VdbeSorterReset() Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse. This
** is like Close() followed by Init() only
** much faster.
**
SorterList list; /* List for thread to write to a PMA */
int nPMA; /* Number of PMAs currently in file */
SorterCompare xCompare; /* Compare function to use */
SorterFile file; /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */
SorterFile file2; /* Space for other PMAs */
};
/*
** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each
** sorter cursor created by the VDBE.
**
** mxKeysize:
** As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(),
** this variable is updated so as to be set to the size on disk of the
** largest record in the sorter.
*/
struct VdbeSorter {
int mnPmaSize; /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */
int mxPmaSize; /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes. 0==no limit */
int mxKeysize; /* Largest serialized key seen so far */
return rc;
}
/*
** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to
** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs.
*/
static int vdbePmaReaderSeek(
SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */
PmaReader *pReadr, /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */
SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */
i64 iOff /* Offset in pFile */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 );
if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
if( pReadr->aMap ){
sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap);
);
}
}else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){
res = res * -1;
}
return res;
}
/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
**
** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nKeyField)
** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the
** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField
** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField
** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX
** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in
** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part
** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never
** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small
if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd);
if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd);
}
#endif
vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger);
sqlite3_free(pIncr);
}
}
/*
** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){
int i;
(void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK);
assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 );
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
if( pSorter->pReader ){
vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader);
pSorter->pReader = 0;
pSorter->list.pList = 0;
pSorter->list.szPMA = 0;
pSorter->bUsePMA = 0;
pSorter->iMemory = 0;
pSorter->mxKeysize = 0;
sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked);
pSorter->pUnpacked = 0;
}
/*
** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
VdbeSorter *pSorter;
assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER );
pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter;
if( pSorter ){
sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter);
sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
pCsr->uc.pSorter = 0;
}
return rc;
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */
}
/*
** Add a record to the sorter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(
const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */
Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */
){
VdbeSorter *pSorter;
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */
int bFlush; /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */
int nReq; /* Bytes of memory required */
int nPMA; /* Bytes of PMA space required */
int t; /* serial type of first record field */
** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp
** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that
** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the
** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an
** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value
** of *ppOut is undefined.
*/
static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(
VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */
MergeEngine **ppOut /* Write the MergeEngine here */
){
MergeEngine *pMain = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iTask;
#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0
/* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level
** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly
** one PmaReader per sub-task. */
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}
pOut->n = nKey;
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor
** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of
** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record.
**
** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be
** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values.
**
** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM).
** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the
** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter
** key.
**
** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in
** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(
const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */
Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */
int nKeyCol, /* Compare this many columns */
int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */
){
VdbeSorter *pSorter;
UnpackedRecord *r2;
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
int i;
void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */
*/
#define MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE 1024
/*
** For chunk size nChunkSize, return the number of bytes that should
** be allocated for each FileChunk structure.
*/
#define fileChunkSize(nChunkSize) (sizeof(FileChunk) + ((nChunkSize)-8))
/*
** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
*/
struct FilePoint {
sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
};
/*
** This structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
** is an instance of this class.
*/
struct MemJournal {
const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
int nChunkSize; /* In-memory chunk-size */
}
/*
** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
** are made to pExpr:
**
** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
** (even if X is implied).
** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
** from pSrcList.
** pExpr->y.pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
** X and/or Y are implied.)
** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
**
** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger
** one of the special names "old" or "new".
**
** Z: The name of a column in table Y.
**
** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
**
** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN
** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y
** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid.
** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
**
**
** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression
** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
** tree. For example, in:
**
** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
** column of the vector (numbered starting with 0). The caller must
** ensure that i is within range.
**
** If pVector is really a scalar (and "scalar" here includes subqueries
** that return a single column!) then return pVector unmodified.
**
** pVector retains ownership of the returned subexpression.
**
** If the vector is a (SELECT ...) then the expression returned is
** just the expression for the i-th term of the result set, and may
** not be ready for evaluation because the table cursor has not yet
** been positioned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr *pVector, int i){
assert( i<sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pVector) );
if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pVector) ){
assert( pVector->op2==0 || pVector->op==TK_REGISTER );
if( pVector->op==TK_SELECT || pVector->op2==TK_SELECT ){
return pVector->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr;
}else{
return pVector->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
pItem->done = 0;
pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab;
pItem->bSorterRef = pOldItem->bSorterRef;
pItem->u = pOldItem->u;
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
** called with a NULL argument.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
|| !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
SrcList *pNew;
int i;
int nByte;
** When this routine returns true, it indicates that the expression
** can be added to the pParse->pConstExpr list and evaluated once when
** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0);
}
/*
** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant
** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur. In other words, the
** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any
** table other than iCur.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){
return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur);
}
/*
** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy().
/*
** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which
** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery.
**
** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can
** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through
** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates.
**
** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator
** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor.
**
** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
**
** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index.
** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index.
** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and
** populated epheremal table.
** IN_INDEX_NOOP - No cursor was allocated. The IN operator must be
** implemented as a sequence of comparisons.
**
** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple
** subquery such as:
**
** SELECT <column1>, <column2>... FROM <table>
**
** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then
** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then
** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an
pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return;
zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr);
nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft);
aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(
pParse->db, nVector*(sizeof(int) + sizeof(char)) + 1
);
if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error;
/* Attempt to compute the RHS. After this step, if anything other than
** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened ith cursor pExpr->iTable
** contains the values that make up the RHS. If IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned,
** the RHS has not yet been coded. */
v = pParse->pVdbe;
assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr,
IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK,
destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull, aiMap);
assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH
iTabCol, regOut);
}
}
/*
** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */
int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */
int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */
int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */
){
if( pTab==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, iCol, regOut);
return;
}
if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
}else{
}
if( iCol>=0 ){
sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
}
}
/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg.
**
** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */
int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */
int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */
int iReg, /* Store results here */
u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column + FLAGS */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
assert( v!=0 );
sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
if( p5 ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5);
}
return iReg;
w.u.iCur = iTab;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
return w.eCode;
}
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker
** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the
** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding
** table entry. The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index. IdxCover.iCur
** is the cursor for the table.
*/
struct IdxCover {
Index *pIdx; /* The index to be tested for coverage */
int iCur; /* Cursor number for the table corresponding to the index */
};
/*
** Check to see if there are references to columns in table
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index
** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx.
&& pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur
&& sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0
){
pWalker->eCode = 1;
return WRC_Abort;
}
return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** Determine if an index pIdx on table with cursor iCur contains will
** the expression pExpr. Return true if the index does cover the
** expression and false if the pExpr expression references table columns
** that are not found in the index pIdx.
**
** An index covering an expression means that the expression can be
** evaluated using only the index and without having to lookup the
** corresponding table entry.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(
Expr *pExpr, /* The index to be tested */
int iCur, /* The cursor number for the corresponding table */
Index *pIdx /* The index that might be used for coverage */
){
Walker w;
struct IdxCover xcov;
memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w));
xcov.iCur = iCur;
xcov.pIdx = pIdx;
w.xExprCallback = exprIdxCover;
w.u.pIdxCover = &xcov;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created.
**
** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted.
** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries.
*/
static void openStatTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */
const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
){
static const struct {
const char *zName;
const char *zCols;
} aTable[] = {
{ "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4)
{ "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" },
/*
** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
** a single table.
*/
static void analyzeOneTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */
int iTab /* Next available cursor */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
int i; /* Loop counter */
int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */
int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */
int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4
int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */
if( pStat1==0 ) return;
pStat1->zName = (char*)&pStat1[1];
memcpy(pStat1->zName, "sqlite_stat1", 13);
pStat1->nCol = 3;
pStat1->iPKey = -1;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0,(char*)pStat1,P4_DYNBLOB);
}
#endif
/* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level.
** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number
** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at
** this time though. */
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
iTabCur = iTab++;
iIdxCur = iTab++;
pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab);
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName);
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */
**
** end_of_scan:
*/
/* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate
** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required
** when building a record to insert into the sample column of
** the sqlite_stat4 table. */
pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest);
/* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */
assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
/* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are:
**
** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid
** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns),
** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk
/* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1);
}
}
/* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
*/
if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
/* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
* See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}else{
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
/*
zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
sqlite3Dequote(zName);
}else{
zName = 0;
}
return zName;
}
/*
** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5);
if( p->nTab==0 ){
p->nTab = 1;
}
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
/*
** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of
** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number
** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
int rc;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Saved xAuth pointer */
#endif
assert( pTable );
** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
*/
if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
return 1;
}
assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
/* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes
** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
** statement that defines the view.
*/
assert( pTable->pSelect );
pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
if( pSel ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
u8 eParseMode = pParse->eParseMode;
pParse->eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL;
** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
**
** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the
** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then
** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
*/
static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */
int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */
int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */
int tnum; /* Root page of index */
int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */
Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */
int regRecord; /* Register holding assembled index record */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) return;
if( memRootPage>=0 ){
tnum = memRootPage;
}else{
tnum = pIndex->tnum;
}
pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex);
assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr );
/* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*)
sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO);
/* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
** records into the sorter. */
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v);
regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */
Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause. May be null */
){
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
int i; /* Loop counter */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */
int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */
int iIdxCur = 0; /* Cursor number of the first index */
int nIdx; /* Number of indices */
sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */
AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */
NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database number */
int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */
int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */
int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */
Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */
int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */
i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */
int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */
i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */
int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */
int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */
int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0,
db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName);
assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
assert(!isView || pTrigger);
/* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices.
*/
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
pParse->nTab++;
}
/* Start the view context
*/
if( isView ){
}
/* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the
** end of the WHERE loop */
if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
}else{
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
}
/* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are
** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF
** triggers.
*/
if( !isView ){
int iAddrOnce = 0;
if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){
iAddrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) );
#undef pTrigger
#endif
/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and
** all indices are removed.
**
** Preconditions:
**
** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data
** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself,
** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case
** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.)
**
** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index.
**
** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a
** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means
** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the
** single memory location iPk.
**
** eMode:
** Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or
** ONEPASS_MULTI. If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor
** iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF
** then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk
** and nPk before reading from it.
**
** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part
** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if
** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as
** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete
** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the
** position of iDataCur should be preserved instead.
**
** iIdxNoSeek:
** If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) not equal to iDataCur,
** then it identifies an index cursor (from within array of cursors
** starting at iIdxCur) that already points to the index entry to be deleted.
** Except, this optimization is disabled if there are BEFORE triggers since
** the trigger body might have moved the cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */
int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */
i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */
u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
u8 eMode, /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI. See above */
int iIdxNoSeek /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */
int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */
int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */
/* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
assert( v );
VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)",
iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk));
/* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists
** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */
iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound;
if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
}
sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
}
}
/* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */
addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger,
TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
);
/* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the
** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved
** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was
** pointing to.
**
** Also disable the iIdxNoSeek optimization since the BEFORE trigger
** may have moved that cursor.
*/
if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound);
testcase( iIdxNoSeek>=0 );
iIdxNoSeek = -1;
}
/* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()"));
}
/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab
**
** Preconditions:
**
** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage
** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself
** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID
** tables.)
**
** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex
** index is the 0-th index.)
**
** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row
** that is to be deleted.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */
int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
int *aRegIdx, /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
int iIdxNoSeek /* Do not delete from this cursor */
){
int i; /* Index loop counter */
int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */
int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */
Index *pIdx; /* Current index */
Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */
Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */
Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */
v = pParse->pVdbe;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1,
pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn);
sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel);
pPrior = pIdx;
}
}
/*
** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register
** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then
** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index.
**
** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The
** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
** this routine returns.
**
** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump
** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped.
** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel().
** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates
}else{
pExpr->iTable = regBase;
pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
}
}
return pExpr;
}
/*
** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which
** has cursor iCur.
*/
static Expr *exprTableColumn(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */
int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */
i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */
){
Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
if( pExpr ){
pExpr->y.pTab = pTab;
pExpr->iTable = iCursor;
pExpr->iColumn = iCol;
}
return pExpr;
}
if( db->xAuth ){
int rcauth;
char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
}
#endif
}
/* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate
** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns
** in the parent table. */
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
pParse->nTab++;
if( regOld!=0 ){
/* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an
** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore);
}
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */
/*
** Generate code that will
**
** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then
** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur.
**
** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index
** for that table that is actually opened.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */
int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */
int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
Vdbe *v;
assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum,
(opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
** first two forms shown above. A VALUES clause is really just short-hand
** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else
** that follows. If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the
** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended.
**
** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple
** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes
** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this
** the "1st template"):
**
** open write cursor to <table> and its indices
** put VALUES clause expressions into registers
** write the resulting record into <table>
** cleanup
**
** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
**
** INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
**
** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
** template. This is the 2nd template.
**
** open a write cursor to <table>
** open read cursor on <table2>
** transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
** close cursors
** foreach index on <table>
** open a write cursor on the <table> index
** open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
** close cursors
** end foreach
**
** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
** The generated code follows this template:
**
** X <- A
** goto B
** A: setup for the SELECT
** loop over the rows in the SELECT
** load values into registers R..R+n
** yield X
** end loop
** cleanup after the SELECT
** end-coroutine X
** B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
** C: yield X, at EOF goto D
** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
** goto C
** D: cleanup
**
** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form,
** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of
** the select. The template is like this:
** loop over the tables in the SELECT
** load value into register R..R+n
** yield X
** end loop
** cleanup after the SELECT
** end co-routine R
** B: open temp table
** L: yield X, at EOF goto M
** insert row from R..R+n into temp table
** goto L
** M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
** rewind temp table
** C: loop over rows of intermediate table
** transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
** end loop
** D: cleanup
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */
Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses for upsert, or NULL */
){
sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */
int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */
int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */
int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */
int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */
u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */
u8 bIdListInOrder; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */
ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */
sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace, 0, pUpsert
);
sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0);
/* Set the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag if either (a) there are no REPLACE
** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a
** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the
** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an
** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each
** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the
** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT
** functionality. */
bUseSeek = (isReplace==0 || (pTrigger==0 &&
((db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 || sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0)
));
sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,
regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, bUseSeek
);
}
}
** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT,
** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer
** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias.
**
** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into
** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for
** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
** at pTab->pIndex.
**
** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main
** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which
** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when
** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY
** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor
** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices
** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list.
**
** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL,
** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails,
** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible
** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
**
** Constraint type Action What Happens
** --------------- ---------- ----------------------------------------
**
** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
** for the constraint is used.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */
int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */
int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */
int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */
int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */
u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */
u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
int *pbMayReplace, /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
int *aiChng, /* column i is unchanged if aiChng[i]<0 */
Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses, if any. NULL otherwise */
){
Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */
** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the
** rowid and the content to be inserted.
**
** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */
int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */
int regNewData, /* Range of content */
int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */
int update_flags, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */
int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
){
Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */
Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */
u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */
int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */
pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData);
if( !pParse->nested ){
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE);
}
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
}
/*
** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate
** code to open and initialized those cursors.
**
** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally
** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT
** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is
** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned.
**
** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables
** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative.
** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor.
**
** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur.
** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range
** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the
** pTab->pIndex list.
**
** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the
** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */
int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
u8 p5, /* P5 value for OP_Open* opcodes (except on WITHOUT ROWID) */
int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */
u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */
int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */
int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */
){
int i;
int iDb;
int iDataCur;
Index *pIdx;
Vdbe *v;
assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite );
assert( op==OP_OpenWrite || p5==0 );
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
typedef struct PragmaVtab PragmaVtab;
typedef struct PragmaVtabCursor PragmaVtabCursor;
struct PragmaVtab {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection to which it belongs */
const PragmaName *pName; /* Name of the pragma */
u8 nHidden; /* Number of hidden columns */
u8 iHidden; /* Index of the first hidden column */
};
struct PragmaVtabCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */
sqlite3_stmt *pPragma; /* The pragma statement to run */
sqlite_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */
};
/*
** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabConnect(
sqlite3 *db,
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1;
if( seen[1]==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)20;
pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 20;
j = seen[1]-1;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 2;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Create a new cursor for the pragma virtual table */
static int pragmaVtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr;
pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pCsr));
if( pCsr==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtabCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = pVtab;
*ppCursor = &pCsr->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Clear all content from pragma virtual table cursor. */
static void pragmaVtabCursorClear(PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr){
int i;
sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma);
pCsr->pPragma = 0;
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->azArg); i++){
sqlite3_free(pCsr->azArg[i]);
pCsr->azArg[i] = 0;
}
}
/* Close a pragma virtual table cursor */
static int pragmaVtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)cur;
pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Advance the pragma virtual table cursor to the next row */
static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* Increment the xRowid value */
pCsr->iRowid++;
assert( pCsr->pPragma );
if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pPragma) ){
rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma);
pCsr->pPragma = 0;
pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
int rc;
int i, j;
StrAccum acc;
char *zSql;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pTab->db));
return rc;
}
return pragmaVtabNext(pVtabCursor);
}
/*
** Pragma virtual table module xEof method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
return (pCsr->pPragma==0);
}
/* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from
** the PRAGMA.
*/
static int pragmaVtabColumn(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
if( i<pTab->iHidden ){
sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pPragma, i));
}else{
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->azArg[i-pTab->iHidden],-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){
PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor;
*p = pCsr->iRowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* The pragma virtual table object */
static const sqlite3_module pragmaVtabModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
0, /* xCreate - create a table */
pragmaVtabConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
pragmaVtabBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
pragmaVtabDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
0, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
pragmaVtabOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
pragmaVtabClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
pragmaVtabFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
pragmaVtabNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
pragmaVtabEof, /* xEof */
pragmaVtabColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
pragmaVtabRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
0, /* xUpdate - write data */
0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */
0, /* xSync - sync transaction */
0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */
0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
0, /* xRename - rename the table */
initData.iDb = iDb;
initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
initData.mInitFlags = mFlags;
sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
if( initData.rc ){
rc = initData.rc;
goto error_out;
}
/* Create a cursor to hold the database open
*/
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
assert( iDb==1 );
DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto error_out;
}
/* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
** If the optimization is used for expression "bigblob", then instead of
** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of
** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from
** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is
** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this
** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records.
**
** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList
** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled.
** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries
** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally.
** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing
** expressions for all extra PK values that should be stored in the
** sorter records.
*/
static void selectExprDefer(
Parse *pParse, /* Leave any error here */
SortCtx *pSort, /* Sorter context */
ExprList *pEList, /* Expressions destined for sorter */
ExprList **ppExtra /* Expressions to append to sorter record */
){
case SRT_Table:
case SRT_EphemTab: {
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1);
testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo );
testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){
/* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present
** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the
** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the
** output table as well. */
int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0);
VdbeCoverage(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1,regResult,nResultCol);
assert( pSort==0 );
}
}else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol);
}
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE
/* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to
** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an
** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first
** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a
** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob.
*/
case SRT_DistQueue:
case SRT_Queue: {
int nKey;
int r1, r2, r3;
int addrTest = 0;
ExprList *pSO;
pSO = pDest->pOrderBy;
assert( pSO );
nKey = pSO->nExpr;
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2);
r3 = r2+nKey+1;
if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
/* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open
** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously
** added to the queue. */
addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0,
regResult, nResultCol);
VdbeCoverage(v);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3);
if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
int addr; /* Top of output loop. Jump for Next. */
int addrOnce = 0;
int iTab;
ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy;
int eDest = pDest->eDest;
int iParm = pDest->iSDParm;
int regRow;
int regRowid;
int iCol;
int nKey; /* Number of key columns in sorter record */
int iSortTab; /* Sorter cursor to read from */
int i;
int bSeq; /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */
int nRefKey = 0;
struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a;
assert( addrBreak<0 );
if( pSort->labelBkOut ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut);
sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES
/* Open any cursors needed for sorter-reference expressions */
for(i=0; i<pSort->nDefer; i++){
Table *pTab = pSort->aDefer[i].pTab;
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pSort->aDefer[i].iCsr, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
nRefKey = MAX(nRefKey, pSort->aDefer[i].nKey);
}
#endif
iTab = pSort->iECursor;
if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Mem ){
addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */
computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak);
pLimit = p->pLimit;
regLimit = p->iLimit;
regOffset = p->iOffset;
p->pLimit = 0;
p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0;
pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
/* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */
for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){
if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){
iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor;
break;
}
}
/* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for
** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order
** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */
iQueue = pParse->nTab++;
if( p->op==TK_UNION ){
eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo;
iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
}else{
eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo;
}
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue);
/* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */
regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol);
if( pOrderBy ){
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
(char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
/* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
** by the calling function */
if( p->pPrior ){
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
}
p->pPrior = pPrior;
pPrior->pNext = p;
/*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
**** subqueries ****/
ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse);
return pParse->nErr!=0;
}
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
/* An instance of the SubstContext object describes an substitution edit
** to be performed on a parse tree.
static void substSelect(SubstContext*, Select*, int);
/*
** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to
** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column
** unchanged.)
**
** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery
** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary
** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
*/
static Expr *substExpr(
SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */
Expr *pExpr /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
){
if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
int isAgg /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
){
const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
Select *pParent; /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */
Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */
Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */
int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */
int i; /* Loop counter */
Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
/* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not.
*/
assert( p!=0 );
pSubitem->pTab = 0;
}
/* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind
** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
** then this loop only runs once.
**
** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember
** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code
** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
** elements we are now copying in.
*/
for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
int nSubSrc;
u8 jointype = 0;
pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */
nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */
pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) );
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
** "Expanding" means to do the following:
**
** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
** element of the FROM clause.
**
** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that
** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause,
** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT
** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
** without worrying about messing up the persistent representation
** of the view.
**
return WRC_Abort;
}
assert( p->pSrc!=0 );
if( (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
return WRC_Prune;
}
pTabList = p->pSrc;
pEList = p->pEList;
sqlite3WithPush(pParse, p->pWith, 0);
/* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
*/
sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
/* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If
** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
*/
for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
Table *pTab;
ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0);
sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
}
}
/*
** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
** the current cursor position.
**
** If regAcc is non-zero and there are no min() or max() aggregates
** in pAggInfo, then only populate the pAggInfo->nAccumulator accumulator
** registers i register regAcc contains 0. The caller will take care
** of setting and clearing regAcc.
*/
static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
int i;
int regHit = 0;
&& (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow)
){
pBest = pIdx;
}
}
if( pBest ){
iRoot = pBest->tnum;
pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest);
}
/* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1);
if( pKeyInfo ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
{
Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clause, or null */
){
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */
Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */
int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */
int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */
int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */
int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */
int *aRegIdx = 0; /* First register in array assigned to each index */
int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */
u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */
u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */
int flags; /* Flags for sqlite3WhereBegin() */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
#endif
int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */
int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */
int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */
int addrOpen = 0; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */
int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */
i16 nPk = 0; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */
int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */
/* Register Allocations */
int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
int regOldRowid = 0; /* The old rowid */
int regNewRowid = 0; /* The new rowid */
int regNew = 0; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */
}
#endif
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
/* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and
** allocate enough space, just in case.
*/
iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++;
iIdxCur = iDataCur+1;
pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
testcase( pPk!=0 && pPk!=pTab->pIndex );
for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){
if( pPk==pIdx ){
iDataCur = pParse->nTab;
}
pParse->nTab++;
}
if( pUpsert ){
/* On an UPSERT, reuse the same cursors already opened by INSERT */
iDataCur = pUpsert->iDataCur;
iIdxCur = pUpsert->iIdxCur;
pParse->nTab = iBaseCur;
}
pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur;
/* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[].
** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values.
*/
aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 );
bReplace = 1;
}
break;
}
}
}
if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0;
aRegIdx[j] = reg;
}
if( bReplace ){
/* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all
** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */
memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1);
}
/* Begin generating code. */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pTrigger || hasFK, iDb);
regKey = ++pParse->nMem;
if( pUpsert==0 ){
iEph = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1);
addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
}
}
if( pUpsert ){
/* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by
** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row
** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the
** row(s) to be updated.
*/
pWInfo = 0;
eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE;
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
}else{
/* Begin the database scan.
**
** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if
** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may
** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these
** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table
** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */
flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE;
if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){
flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW;
}
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
/* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not
** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being
}
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON CONFLICT clause does not match any "
"PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint");
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
** Generate bytecode that does an UPDATE as part of an upsert.
**
** If pIdx is NULL, then the UNIQUE constraint that failed was the IPK.
** In this case parameter iCur is a cursor open on the table b-tree that
** currently points to the conflicting table row. Otherwise, if pIdx
** is not NULL, then pIdx is the constraint that failed and iCur is a
** cursor points to the conflicting row.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing and code-generating context */
Upsert *pUpsert, /* The ON CONFLICT clause for the upsert */
Table *pTab, /* The table being updated */
Index *pIdx, /* The UNIQUE constraint that failed */
int iCur /* Cursor for pIdx (or pTab if pIdx==NULL) */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
** its elements.
**
** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for
** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the
** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines
** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and
** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop.
*/
struct WhereLevel {
int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */
int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */
#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS
u32 iLikeRepCntr; /* LIKE range processing counter register (times 2) */
int addrLikeRep; /* LIKE range processing address */
#endif
u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */
struct {
int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
struct InLoop {
int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */
int iBase; /* Base register of multi-key index record */
int nPrefix; /* Number of prior entires in the key */
u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */
} *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */
} in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */
} u;
struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */
Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */
** The following identity holds:
**
** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
**
** When a term is of the form:
**
** X <op> <expr>
**
** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records
** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The
** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
**
** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
**
** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR ....
**
** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR
** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
** is collected about the OR clause.
**
** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
**
** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be
** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor
** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet
** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
**
** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
*/
struct WhereTerm {
Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */
LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */
/*
** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
*/
struct WhereAndInfo {
WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */
};
/*
** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
**
** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in
** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE
** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum
** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping
** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
** with 0.
**
** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
**
** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure
** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
**
** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example
** above, the mapping might go like this: 4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor
** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
** no gaps.
*/
struct WhereMaskSet {
int bVarSelect; /* Used by sqlite3WhereExprUsage() */
int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */
int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
};
/*
** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object
*/
#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0
/*
** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed
** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query
** planner.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */
SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */
ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set of the query */
Expr *pWhere; /* The complete WHERE clause */
LogEst iLimit; /* LIMIT if wctrlFlags has WHERE_USE_LIMIT */
int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */
int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */
u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */
u8 eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */
u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values */
u8 bOrderedInnerLoop; /* True if only the inner-most loop is ordered */
int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */
Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */
LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */
WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */
WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
};
/*
** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines.
**
** where.c:
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int);
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
** structure.
*/
struct CCurHint {
int iTabCur; /* Cursor for the main table */
int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the index, if pIdx!=0. Unused otherwise */
Index *pIdx; /* The index used to access the table */
};
/*
** This function is called for every node of an expression that is a candidate
** for a cursor hint on an index cursor. For TK_COLUMN nodes that reference
** the table CCurHint.iTabCur, verify that the same column can be
** accessed through the index. If it cannot, then set pWalker->eCode to 1.
*/
static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint;
assert( pHint->pIdx!=0 );
if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN
&& pExpr->iTable==pHint->iTabCur
&& sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0
){
pWalker->eCode = 1;
}
return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause,
** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs
** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the
** expression is not suitable.
**
** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if
** a TK_COLUMN node that does affect the value of the expression is set
** to NULL. For example:
**
** col IS NULL
** col IS NOT NULL
** coalesce(col, 1)
sWalker.pParse = pParse;
sWalker.u.pCCurHint = &sHint;
pWC = &pWInfo->sWC;
for(i=0; i<pWC->nTerm; i++){
pTerm = &pWC->a[i];
if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue;
/* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT
** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted
** from the cursor-hint.
**
** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms
** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded.
** This is to address the following:
**
** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL;
**
** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its
** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is
** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing
** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the
** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect.
**
** For the same reason, WHERE terms such as:
**
** WHERE 1 = (t2.c IS NULL)
**
** are also excluded. See codeCursorHintIsOrFunction() for details.
*/
if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){
sWalker.eCode = 0;
sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintIsOrFunction;
sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr);
if( sWalker.eCode ) continue;
}
}else{
if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue;
}
/* All terms in pWLoop->aLTerm[] except pEndRange are used to initialize
** the cursor. These terms are not needed as hints for a pure range
** scan (that has no == terms) so omit them. */
if( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==0 && pTerm!=pEndRange ){
for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pLoop->aLTerm[j]!=pTerm; j++){}
if( j<pLoop->nLTerm ) continue;
}
/* No subqueries or non-deterministic functions allowed */
if( sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(pTerm->pExpr) ) continue;
/* For an index scan, make sure referenced columns are actually in
(sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0,
(const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR);
}
}
#else
# define codeCursorHint(A,B,C,D) /* No-op */
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */
/*
** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains
** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This
** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the
** rowid stored in register iRowid.
**
** Normally, this is just:
**
** OP_DeferredSeek $iCur $iRowid
**
** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and
** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek
** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers
** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open
** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the
** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column
** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0.
*/
static void codeDeferredSeek(
WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Where clause context */
Index *pIdx, /* Index scan is using */
int iCur, /* Cursor for IPK b-tree */
int iIdxCur /* Index cursor */
){
Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parse context */
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe to generate code within */
assert( iIdxCur>0 );
assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur);
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)
&& DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask)
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p, iReg);
}
}
/* An instance of the IdxExprTrans object carries information about a
** mapping from an expression on table columns into a column in an index
** down through the Walker.
*/
typedef struct IdxExprTrans {
Expr *pIdxExpr; /* The index expression */
int iTabCur; /* The cursor of the corresponding table */
int iIdxCur; /* The cursor for the index */
int iIdxCol; /* The column for the index */
} IdxExprTrans;
/* The walker node callback used to transform matching expressions into
** a reference to an index column for an index on an expression.
**
** If pExpr matches, then transform it into a reference to the index column
** that contains the value of pExpr.
*/
static int whereIndexExprTransNode(Walker *p, Expr *pExpr){
/*
** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
** implementation described by pWInfo.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(
WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */
){
int j, k; /* Loop counters */
int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */
int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */
WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */
WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */
Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */
u16 nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; /* Length of BTM vector */
u16 nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; /* Length of TOP vector */
int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */
WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */
int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
int op; /* Instruction opcode */
char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
char *zEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */
u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */
pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex;
iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip );
addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 );
testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 );
startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
/* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
nConstraint = nEq;
if( pRangeStart ){
Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nBtm);
whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart);
if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0
&& sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight)
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
VdbeCoverage(v);
bSeekPastNull = 0;
}else if( bSeekPastNull ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
nConstraint++;
startEq = 0;
start_constraints = 1;
}
codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff);
if( pLoop->nSkip>0 && nConstraint==pLoop->nSkip ){
/* The skip-scan logic inside the call to codeAllEqualityConstraints()
** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row,
** so no further seeking is needed */
}else{
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur);
}
op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
assert( op!=0 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
VdbeCoverage(v);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
endEq = 0;
nConstraint++;
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zEndAff);
/* Top of the loop body */
pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
/* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
if( nConstraint ){
op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq];
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT );
testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE );
testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT );
testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE );
}
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur, 1);
}
/* Seek the table cursor, if required */
if( omitTable ){
/* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */
}else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || (
(pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE)
&& (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE)
)){
iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont,
iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v);
}
/* If pIdx is an index on one or more expressions, then look through
** all the expressions in pWInfo and try to transform matching expressions
** into reference to index columns.
**
** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the
** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on
** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation,
** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table
** column values are. https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/7fa8049685b50b5a
*/
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 ){
whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo);
}
/* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */
if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){
pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
/* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index
** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID.
**
** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction
** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the
** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to
** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
** called on an uninitialized cursor.
*/
if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
if( HasRowid(pTab) ){
regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
}else{
Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab);
regRowset = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol);
sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk);
if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1);
/* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The
** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
** need to be tested later.
*/
if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
/* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same
** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number
** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may
** be possible to use that index as a covering index.
**
** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that
** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term
** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous
** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set
** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will
** be available.
*/
{
/* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete
** scan of the entire table.
*/
static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){
/* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in
** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */
pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
}else{
codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, 0);
pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
pLevel->p1 = iCur;
pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrHalt);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0);
VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0);
pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
}
**
** x>A OR (x=A AND y>B) adds: x>=A
**
** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning.
**
** CASE 3:
**
** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
**
** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR
** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T
**
** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and
** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND
** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
**
** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
** the OR clause.
**
** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
*/
if( chngToIN ){
int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */
int j = 0; /* Loop counter */
/* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column
** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any
** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
*/
for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
}
pS = pS->pPrior;
}
return mask;
}
/*
** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might
** be useful for indexing. This routine checks to see if pExpr appears
** in any index. Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return
** FALSE (0) if not. If TRUE is returned, also set aiCurCol[0] to the cursor
** number of the table that is indexed and aiCurCol[1] to the column number
** of the column that is indexed, or XN_EXPR (-2) if an expression is being
** indexed.
**
** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns
** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column
** might be added to an automatic index later.
*/
static SQLITE_NOINLINE int exprMightBeIndexed2(
SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */
Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */
int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor and column here */
Expr *pExpr /* An operand of a comparison operator */
){
Index *pIdx;
int i;
int iCur;
for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){}
iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor;
for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue;
for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
aiCurCol[1] = XN_EXPR;
return 1;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
static int exprMightBeIndexed(
SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */
Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */
int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor & column here */
Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */
int op /* The specific comparison operator */
){
/* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a
** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing
** on the first element of the vector. */
assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE );
assert( TK_IS<TK_GE && TK_ISNULL<TK_GE && TK_IN<TK_GE );
assert( op<=TK_GE );
if( pExpr->op==TK_VECTOR && (op>=TK_GT && ALWAYS(op<=TK_GE)) ){
}
/*
** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to
** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause. Return
** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only
** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass
** optimization can be used on multiple
**
** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true)
** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS
** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data
** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index.
** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used.
** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing.
**
** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is
** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){
memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2);
#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED
if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){
sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n",
pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI",
aiCur[0], aiCur[1]);
}
#endif
return pWInfo->eOnePass;
}
/*
** Move the content of pSrc into pDest
*/
if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0;
}
whereOrInsert_done:
p->prereq = prereq;
p->rRun = rRun;
if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut;
return 1;
}
/*
** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if
** iCursor is not in the set.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
int i;
assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
return MASKBIT(i);
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
**
** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of
** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
** array will never overflow.
*/
static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
}
/*
** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria
** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit().
** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms.
*/
static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){
int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */
i16 iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */
Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */
WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */
WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */
int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */
assert( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv );
pWC = pScan->pWC;
while(1){
iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1];
}
/*
** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code.
**
** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column
** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine
** instead of via table lookup.
**
** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on
** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Null. Or, if bIncrRowid is non-zero,
** then each OP_Rowid is transformed into an instruction to increment the
** value stored in its output register.
*/
static void translateColumnToCopy(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int iStart, /* Translate from this opcode to the end */
int iTabCur, /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */
int iRegister, /* The first column is in this register */
int bIncrRowid /* If non-zero, transform OP_rowid to OP_AddImm(1) */
){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
/*
** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
** makes use of the automatic index.
*/
static void constructAutomaticIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */
){
int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */
Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */
int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */
int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */
** end \ Code generated
** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
** end /
**
** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in
** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
**
** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor
** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
**
** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code
** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
** data from the various tables of the loop.
**
** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if
** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking
** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
**
** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
**
** foreach row1 in t1 do
** flag = 0
** foreach row2 in t2 do
** start:
** ...
** flag = 1
** end
** if flag==0 then
** move the row2 cursor to a null row
** goto start
** fi
** end
**
** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
**
** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause
** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement
** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL.
**
** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If
** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index
** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this
** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is
** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should
** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is
** used.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */
ExprList *pResultSet, /* Query result set. Req'd for DISTINCT */
u16 wctrlFlags, /* The WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
int iAuxArg /* If WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, index cursor number
** If WHERE_USE_LIMIT, then the limit amount */
){
int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */
Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */
WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */
WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */
*/
testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
return 0;
}
/* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should
** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
*/
nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
/* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
*/
** redundant, remove the ORDER BY from the parent SELECT. */
pSort = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMWin->pPartition, 0);
pSort = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSort, pMWin->pOrderBy);
if( pSort && p->pOrderBy ){
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSort, p->pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
p->pOrderBy = 0;
}
}
/* Assign a cursor number for the ephemeral table used to buffer rows.
** The OpenEphemeral instruction is coded later, after it is known how
** many columns the table will have. */
pMWin->iEphCsr = pParse->nTab++;
selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pEList, &pSublist);
selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, &pSublist);
pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0);
/* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the
** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where
if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pEnd, p2->pEnd, -1) ) return 1;
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pPartition, p2->pPartition, -1) ) return 1;
if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pOrderBy, p2->pOrderBy, -1) ) return 1;
return 0;
}
/*
** This is called by code in select.c before it calls sqlite3WhereBegin()
** to begin iterating through the sub-query results. It is used to allocate
** and initialize registers and cursors used by sqlite3WindowCodeStep().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){
Window *pWin;
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
int nPart = (pMWin->pPartition ? pMWin->pPartition->nExpr : 0);
nPart += (pMWin->pOrderBy ? pMWin->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0);
if( nPart ){
pMWin->regPart = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += nPart;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pMWin->regPart, pMWin->regPart+nPart-1);
**
** Or, if csr is less than zero, then the array of registers at reg is
** already populated with all columns from the current row of the sub-query.
**
** If argument regPartSize is non-zero, then it is a register containing the
** number of rows in the current partition.
*/
static void windowAggStep(
Parse *pParse,
Window *pMWin, /* Linked list of window functions */
int csr, /* Read arguments from this cursor */
int bInverse, /* True to invoke xInverse instead of xStep */
int reg, /* Array of registers */
int regPartSize /* Register containing size of partition */
){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
Window *pWin;
for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){
int flags = pWin->pFunc->funcFlags;
int regArg;
int nArg = windowArgCount(pWin);
sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
assert( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)==0 );
if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
}
sqlite3_free(db);
}
/*
** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then
** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit
** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further
** attempts to use that cursor. Read cursors remain open and valid
** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){
int i;
int inTrans = 0;
int schemaChange;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
/* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback().
** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
** are three basic components:
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
** tokenizers.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
** including customization information defined at creation time.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
** tokens from a particular input.
*/
#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
*/
/* #include "sqlite3.h" */
** functions that make up an implementation.
**
** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
**
** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
** object.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
/*
** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1.
*/
int iVersion;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
*/
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
/*
** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
*/
int (*xOpen)(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
*/
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
/*
** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
**
** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
** to xNext() or xClose().
*/
/* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
** should be converted to zInput.
*/
int (*xNext)(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
);
/***********************************************************************
** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1.
*/
/*
** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor.
*/
int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid);
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled
** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */
int bNoIncrDoclist;
#endif
};
/*
** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
*/
struct Fts3Cursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */
u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */
u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
u8 bSeekStmt; /* True if pStmt is a seek */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */
int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */
int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */
int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int,
char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char **
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int,
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **
);
/* fts3_aux.c */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
}
}
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
/* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
*ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
if( !pCsr ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Finalize the statement handle at pCsr->pStmt.
**
p->pSeekStmt = pCsr->pStmt;
sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
pCsr->pStmt = 0;
}
pCsr->bSeekStmt = 0;
}
sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
}
/*
** Free all resources currently held by the cursor passed as the only
** argument.
*/
static void fts3ClearCursor(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr);
sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer);
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
memset(&(&pCsr->base)[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
}
/*
** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
*/
static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
fts3ClearCursor(pCsr);
assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then
}
finished:
rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
return rc;
}
/*
** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
** single level therein.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */
int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return
** an SQLite error code.
**
** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually
** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree()
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code.
** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs.
*/
static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
){
Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */
pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
if( pSegcsr ){
int i;
int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
** prefix) from the database.
*/
static int fts3TermSelect(
Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */
int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
){
int rc; /* Return code */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */
Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */
pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS
| (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
| (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0)
| (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
nDoc++;
while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */
fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */
}
}
return nDoc;
}
/*
** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be
** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup,
** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called
** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
*/
static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
int rc;
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
pCsr->isEof = 1;
rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
}else{
pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
**
** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
** in the %_content table.
**
** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The
** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand
** side of the MATCH operator.
*/
static int fts3FilterMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
int eSearch;
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
assert( p->pSegments==0 );
/* Collect arguments into local variables */
iIdx = 0;
if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++];
if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++];
if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++];
if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++];
assert( iIdx==nVal );
/* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
fts3ClearCursor(pCsr);
/* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */
pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
if( idxStr ){
pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
}else{
pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
return rc;
}
rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr);
sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
}
/* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
** row by docid.
*/
if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){
zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
"SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s",
p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid,
(pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
}
/*
** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)pCursor;
if( pCsr->isEof ){
fts3ClearCursor(pCsr);
pCsr->isEof = 1;
}
return pCsr->isEof;
}
/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
*pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
**
** If:
**
** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column.
** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table.
** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column
** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column
*/
static int fts3ColumnMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
/* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 );
switch( iCol-p->nColumn ){
case 0:
/* The special 'table-name' column */
sqlite3_result_pointer(pCtx, pCsr, "fts3cursor", 0);
break;
case 1:
/* The docid column */
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId);
break;
case 2:
if( pCsr->pExpr ){
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid);
}else if( p->zLanguageid==0 ){
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0);
break;
}else{
iCol = p->nColumn;
/* fall-through */
}
default:
/* A user column. Or, if this is a full-table scan, possibly the
** language-id column. Seek the cursor. */
rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)-1>iCol ){
sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
}
break;
}
assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
return rc;
}
** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
*/
static int fts3FunctionArg(
sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */
const char *zFunc, /* Function name */
sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */
Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
){
int rc;
*ppCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)sqlite3_value_pointer(pVal, "fts3cursor");
if( (*ppCsr)!=0 ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
return rc;
}
sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
sqlite3_free(pHash);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
** by pExpr.
**
** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
**
** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
** doclist and then traversed.
*/
static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */
int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
int i;
int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
*pnToken += nToken;
** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the
** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr
** currently points to, or zero if it does not.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op.
** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to
** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is
** undefined.
*/
static int fts3EvalTestExpr(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */
int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */
){
int bHit = 1; /* Return value */
if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
case FTSQUERY_AND:
bHit = (
fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
break;
}
}
}
return bHit;
}
/*
** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when
** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the
** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the
** following caveats:
**
** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been
** treated as "AND".
**
** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered.
**
** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately
** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR
** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the
}
assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
}while( pCsr->isEof==0 && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) );
}
/* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified
** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (
(pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid)
|| (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid)
)){
pCsr->isEof = 1;
}
return rc;
}
pExpr->bEof = 0;
pExpr->bStart = 0;
fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
}
}
/*
** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
** expression nodes.
*/
static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
if( pExpr ){
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
int iCol = 0;
** column of each row of the table.
**
** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
**
** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */
u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */
){
Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iCol;
if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
**
** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
**
** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
** incremental, or neither.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */
int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */
char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
){
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
char *pIter;
int iThis;
sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
struct Fts3auxTable {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
};
struct Fts3auxCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
Fts3SegFilter filter;
char *zStop;
int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */
int iLangid; /* Language id to query */
int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */
int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */
struct Fts3auxColstats {
sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
} *aStat;
};
}
if( iLangid>=0 ){
pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++;
pInfo->estimatedCost--;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xOpen - Open a cursor.
*/
static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xClose - Close a cursor.
*/
static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
);
pCsr->aStat = aNew;
pCsr->nStat = nSize;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
*/
static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
int rc;
/* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
pCsr->iRowid++;
for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
}
pCsr->iCol = 0;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
pCsr->isEof = 1;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
*/
static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
int rc;
int isScan = 0;
int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */
iGe = iNext++;
}
if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
iLe = iNext++;
}
}
if( iNext<nVal ){
iLangid = iNext++;
}
/* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){
);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
return rc;
}
/*
** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
*/
static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
return pCsr->isEof;
}
/*
** xColumn - Return a column value.
*/
static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
assert( p->isEof==0 );
switch( iCol ){
case 0: /* term */
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
break;
default: /* languageid */
assert( iCol==4 );
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid);
break;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
*/
static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
){
Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
*pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
return pRet;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
int iLangid,
const char *z,
int n,
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr
){
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
int rc;
rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 );
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){
rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pModule->xClose(pCsr);
static int getNextToken(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
int i = 0;
/* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */
for(i=0; i<n; i++){
if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break;
if( z[i]=='"' ) break;
}
*pnConsumed = i;
*/
static int getNextString(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
){
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
Fts3Expr *p = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
char *zTemp = 0;
int nTemp = 0;
const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
int nToken = 0;
/* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
**
** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
**
** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
**
** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
**
** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
/*
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
} porter_tokenizer;
/*
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
int nInput; /* size of the input */
int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
*/
static int porterCreate(
int argc, const char * const *argv,
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
){
porter_tokenizer *t;
/*
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int porterOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
c->zInput = zInput;
if( zInput==0 ){
c->nInput = 0;
}else if( nInput<0 ){
c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
}else{
c->nInput = nInput;
}
c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
c->iToken = 0;
c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
c->nAllocated = 0;
*ppCursor = &c->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** porterOpen() above.
*/
static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Vowel or consonant
*/
static const char cType[] = {
0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1, 2, 1
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
};
#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
*/
static int porterNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
const char *z = c->zInput;
while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
int iStartOffset, ch;
/* Scan past delimiter characters */
while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
**
*/
static void testFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
Fts3Hash *pHash;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
const char *zErr = 0;
const char *zName;
int nName;
const char *zInput;
int nInput;
const char *azArg[64];
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */
typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
} simple_tokenizer;
typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
int nBytes; /* size of the input */
int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
}
static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
}
/*
/*
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int simpleOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
c->pInput = pInput;
if( pInput==0 ){
c->nBytes = 0;
}else if( nBytes<0 ){
c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
}else{
c->nBytes = nBytes;
}
c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
c->iToken = 0;
c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
*ppCursor = &c->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** simpleOpen() above.
*/
static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
*/
static int simpleNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
int iStartOffset;
/* Scan past delimiter characters */
while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
/*
** Virtual table structure.
*/
struct Fts3tokTable {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok;
};
/*
** Virtual table cursor structure.
*/
struct Fts3tokCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
char *zInput; /* Input string */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */
int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */
const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */
int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */
int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */
int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */
int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */
};
/*
** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName.
}
}
pInfo->idxNum = 0;
assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xOpen - Open a cursor.
*/
static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
if( pCsr==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor));
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had
** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod().
*/
static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){
if( pCsr->pCsr ){
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr);
pCsr->pCsr = 0;
}
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput);
pCsr->zInput = 0;
pCsr->zToken = 0;
pCsr->nToken = 0;
pCsr->iStart = 0;
pCsr->iEnd = 0;
pCsr->iPos = 0;
pCsr->iRowid = 0;
}
/*
** xClose - Close a cursor.
*/
static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
*/
static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
int rc; /* Return code */
pCsr->iRowid++;
rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr,
&pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken,
&pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
*/
static int fts3tokFilterMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok;
}
}
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor);
}
/*
** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
*/
static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
return (pCsr->zToken==0);
}
/*
** xColumn - Return a column value.
*/
static int fts3tokColumnMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
/* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */
switch( iCol ){
case 0:
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
break;
break;
default:
assert( iCol==4 );
sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos);
break;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
*/
static int fts3tokRowidMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
){
Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor;
*pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
int nData;
char *aData;
int nSpace;
sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
};
/*
** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
*/
struct Fts3DeferredToken {
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */
Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */
};
/*
** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
int iStart = 0;
int iEnd = 0;
int iPos = 0;
int nWord = 0;
char const *zToken;
int nToken = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
/* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
** return early. */
if( zText==0 ){
*pnWord = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
);
while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
&& (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
){
rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF.
*/
static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){
if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){
sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode);
sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob);
pSeg->pBlob = 0;
}
pSeg->aNode = 0;
}
rc = rc2;
}
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an
** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan
** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute
** level iAbsLevel.
*/
static int fts3IncrmergeCsr(
Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */
int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist);
pNode->n += nDoclist;
}
assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the
** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
static int fts3IncrmergeAppend(
Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */
IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */
){
const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm;
** iAbsLevel.
**
** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of
** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation)
** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that
** have been duplicated in the output segment.
*/
static int fts3IncrmergeChomp(
Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */
int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */
){
int i;
int nRem = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){
Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
int j;
** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments
** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest
** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains
** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to
** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){
int rc; /* Return code */
int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */
Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */
Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */
IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */
int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */
sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */
Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */
int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */
/* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */
const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter);
pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc);
if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1];
pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1];
rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){
const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex;
sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */
** is removed from the hint blob. */
hint.n = nHint;
}
}
/* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least
** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do.
** Exit early in this case. */
if( nSeg<0 ) break;
/* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg
** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using
** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg
** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is
** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop
** to start work on some other level. */
memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc);
pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx);
assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 );
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt);
int iCol;
for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){
if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1);
int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1);
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0;
rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */
int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */
rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){
const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC);
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */
int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */
int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */
rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
*ppData = pRet;
memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */
Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */
int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
){
Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
if( !pDeferred ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
p->nPhrase++;
p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
return rc;
}
/*
** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
** pCsr.
**
** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
** matchable phrases of the expression.
*/
static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
){
int rc; /* Return Code */
LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
return rc;
** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
** available.
*/
if( nDesired>0 ){
int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */
int rc; /* Return Code */
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
/* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
*/
rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0;
rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
}
if( nShift>0 ){
*piPos += nShift;
*pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
}
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
** append it to string buffer pOut.
*/
static int fts3SnippetText(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */
SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */
int iFragment, /* Fragment number */
int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */
int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */
const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */
int rc; /* Return code */
const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */
int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */
int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */
int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */
int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */
u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
if( zDoc==0 ){
if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
/* Open a token cursor on the document. */
pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
** have already been populated.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
*/
static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */
MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */
const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto offsets_out;
}
sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
/* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
** string-buffer res for each column.
*/
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
int iStart = 0;
int iEnd = 0;
int iCurrent = 0;
const char *zDoc;
int nDoc;
/* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
}
return;
}
/*
** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */
Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */
const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
){
Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
const char *zFormat;
if( zArg ){
zFormat = zArg;
}else{
zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
}
*zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
} \
}
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer;
typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor;
struct unicode_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
int bRemoveDiacritic;
int nException;
int *aiException;
};
struct unicode_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */
int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */
int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */
int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */
char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */
};
/*
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew);
pNew = 0;
}
*pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew;
return rc;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int unicodeOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */
const char *aInput, /* Input string */
int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */
){
unicode_cursor *pCsr;
pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor));
if( pCsr==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor));
pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput;
if( aInput==0 ){
pCsr->nInput = 0;
}else if( nInput<0 ){
pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput);
}else{
pCsr->nInput = nInput;
}
*pp = &pCsr->base;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** simpleOpen() above.
*/
static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor;
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
*/
static int unicodeNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */
int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */
int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC;
unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer);
unsigned int iCode = 0;
char *zOut;
const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff];
const unsigned char *zStart = z;
const unsigned char *zEnd;
const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput];
/* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token.
** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of
pCsr->nAlloc += 64;
}
/* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */
zEnd = z;
iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold((int)iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic);
if( iOut ){
WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut);
}
/* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */
if( z>=zTerm ) break;
READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode);
}while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode)
|| sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode)
);
/* Set the output variables and return. */
pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput);
*paToken = pCsr->zToken;
*pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/****************************************************************************
** The json_each virtual table
****************************************************************************/
typedef struct JsonEachCursor JsonEachCursor;
struct JsonEachCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */
u32 iRowid; /* The rowid */
u32 iBegin; /* The first node of the scan */
u32 i; /* Index in sParse.aNode[] of current row */
u32 iEnd; /* EOF when i equals or exceeds this value */
u8 eType; /* Type of top-level element */
u8 bRecursive; /* True for json_tree(). False for json_each() */
char *zJson; /* Input JSON */
char *zRoot; /* Path by which to filter zJson */
JsonParse sParse; /* Parse of the input JSON */
};
return rc;
}
/* destructor for json_each virtual table */
static int jsonEachDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
sqlite3_free(pVtab);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_each(). */
static int jsonEachOpenEach(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
JsonEachCursor *pCur;
UNUSED_PARAM(p);
pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur));
*ppCursor = &pCur->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_tree(). */
static int jsonEachOpenTree(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
int rc = jsonEachOpenEach(p, ppCursor);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
JsonEachCursor *pCur = (JsonEachCursor*)*ppCursor;
pCur->bRecursive = 1;
}
return rc;
}
/* Reset a JsonEachCursor back to its original state. Free any memory
** held. */
jsonParseReset(&p->sParse);
p->iRowid = 0;
p->i = 0;
p->iEnd = 0;
p->eType = 0;
p->zJson = 0;
p->zRoot = 0;
}
/* Destructor for a jsonEachCursor object */
static int jsonEachClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
jsonEachCursorReset(p);
sqlite3_free(cur);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Return TRUE if the jsonEachCursor object has been advanced off the end
** of the JSON object */
static int jsonEachEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
return p->i >= p->iEnd;
}
/* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */
static int jsonEachNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
if( p->bRecursive ){
if( p->sParse.aNode[p->i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) p->i++;
p->i++;
p->iRowid++;
if( p->i<p->iEnd ){
u32 iUp = p->sParse.aUp[p->i];
JsonNode *pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp];
p->eType = pUp->eType;
if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){
break;
}
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Append the name of the path for element i to pStr
*/
static void jsonEachComputePath(
JsonEachCursor *p, /* The cursor */
JsonString *pStr, /* Write the path here */
u32 i /* Path to this element */
){
JsonNode *pNode, *pUp;
u32 iUp;
if( i==0 ){
jsonAppendChar(pStr, '$');
return;
}
iUp = p->sParse.aUp[i];
assert( pUp->eType==JSON_OBJECT );
if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)==0 ) pNode--;
assert( pNode->eType==JSON_STRING );
assert( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL );
jsonPrintf(pNode->n+1, pStr, ".%.*s", pNode->n-2, pNode->u.zJContent+1);
}
}
/* Return the value of a column */
static int jsonEachColumn(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */
sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */
int i /* Which column to return */
){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
JsonNode *pThis = &p->sParse.aNode[p->i];
switch( i ){
case JEACH_KEY: {
if( p->i==0 ) break;
if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){
jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0);
case JEACH_JSON: {
assert( i==JEACH_JSON );
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, p->sParse.zJson, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
break;
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Return the current rowid value */
static int jsonEachRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
*pRowid = p->iRowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json
** column. Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate. idxNum is
** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found,
** and 0 otherwise.
*/
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 2;
pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
pIdxInfo->idxNum = 3; /* Both JSON and ROOT are supplied. Plan 3 */
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Start a search on a new JSON string */
static int jsonEachFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur;
const char *z;
const char *zRoot = 0;
sqlite3_int64 n;
UNUSED_PARAM(idxStr);
UNUSED_PARAM(argc);
}
/* The methods of the json_each virtual table */
static sqlite3_module jsonEachModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
0, /* xCreate */
jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */
jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */
0, /* xDestroy */
jsonEachOpenEach, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
0, /* xUpdate */
0, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
0, /* xFindMethod */
0, /* xRename */
};
/* The methods of the json_tree virtual table. */
static sqlite3_module jsonTreeModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
0, /* xCreate */
jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */
jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */
0, /* xDestroy */
jsonEachOpenTree, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
0, /* xUpdate */
0, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
0, /* xFindMethod */
0, /* xRename */
u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */
u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */
u8 inWrTrans; /* True if inside write transaction */
u8 nAux; /* # of auxiliary columns in %_rowid */
u8 nAuxNotNull; /* Number of initial not-null aux columns */
int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */
u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */
i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */
u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */
u32 nNodeRef; /* Number RtreeNodes with positive nRef */
char *zReadAuxSql; /* SQL for statement to read aux data */
/* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree
** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
*/
RtreeNode *pDeleted;
int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
** 40 or less.
*/
#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
/*
** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is
** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining
** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue.
*/
#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5
/*
** An rtree cursor object.
*/
struct RtreeCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */
u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */
u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */
u8 bAuxValid; /* True if pReadAux is valid */
int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */
int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */
int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */
int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */
RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rtreeRelease(pRtree);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
*/
static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVTab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr;
pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
if( pCsr ){
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
pRtree->nCursor++;
}
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return rc;
}
/*
** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
*/
static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
}
}
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
}
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
*/
static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
int ii;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
assert( pRtree->nCursor>0 );
freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pReadAux);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
pRtree->nCursor--;
nodeBlobReset(pRtree);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
**
** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid
** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
*/
static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
return pCsr->atEOF;
}
/*
** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value.
** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little-
** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if
** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is
** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded.
const RtreeSearchPoint *pB
){
if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1;
if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1;
if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1;
if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1;
return 0;
}
/*
** Interchange two search points in a cursor.
*/
static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){
RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i];
assert( i<j );
p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j];
p->aPoint[j] = t;
i++; j++;
if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){
nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]);
id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id;
*pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]);
}
return pCur->aNode[ii];
}
/*
** Push a new element onto the priority queue
*/
static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue(
RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */
RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */
u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */
){
int i, j;
RtreeSearchPoint *pNew;
if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){
int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8;
pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0]));
if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
pCur->aPoint = pNew;
pNew = pParent;
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return
** NULL if malloc fails.
*/
static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew(
RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */
RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */
u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */
){
RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst;
pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur);
pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++;
if( pFirst==0
|| pFirst->rScore>rScore
|| (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel)
){
}else{
break;
}
}
}
}
}
/*
** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue
** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row,
** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the
** query has completed.
*/
static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){
RtreeSearchPoint *p;
Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur);
RtreeNode *pNode;
int eWithin;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur);
}
}
pCur->atEOF = p==0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
*/
static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:");
if( pCsr->bAuxValid ){
pCsr->bAuxValid = 0;
sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux);
}
rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr);
rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr);
return rc;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
*/
static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){
*pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
*/
static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
RtreeCoord c;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
if( rc ) return rc;
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
if( i==0 ){
pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc;
}
pCons->pInfo = pInfo;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
*/
static int rtreeFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
int ii;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iCell = 0;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
rtreeReference(pRtree);
/* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux;
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;
pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt;
pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
if( idxNum==1 ){
/* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
int nData,
sqlite3_value **aData,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){
/* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it,
** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read
** cursor. */
return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB;
}
rtreeReference(pRtree);
assert(nData>=1);
cell.iRowid = 0; /* Used only to suppress a compiler warning */
/* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
**
return 0;
}
static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
3, /* iVersion */
rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */
rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
rtreeEof, /* xEof */
rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */
rtreeBeginTransaction, /* xBegin - begin transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xSync - sync transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xCommit - commit transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */
** Query plans:
**
** 1 rowid lookup
** 2 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box
** that contains polygon argv[0]
** 3 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box
** that contains polygon argv[0]
** 4 full table scan
*/
static int geopolyFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, /* The cursor to initialize */
int idxNum, /* Query plan */
const char *idxStr, /* Not Used */
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Parameters to the query plan */
){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int iCell = 0;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
rtreeReference(pRtree);
/* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */
freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint);
pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux;
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree;
pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt;
pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
if( idxNum==1 ){
/* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
pIdxInfo->idxStr = "fullscan";
pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 3000000.0;
pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 100000;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method.
*/
static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr);
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc);
if( rc ) return rc;
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
if( i==0 && sqlite3_vtab_nochange(ctx) ) return SQLITE_OK;
if( i<=pRtree->nAux ){
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
i64 oldRowid; /* The old rowid */
int oldRowidValid; /* True if oldRowid is valid */
i64 newRowid; /* The new rowid */
int newRowidValid; /* True if newRowid is valid */
int coordChange = 0; /* Change in coordinates */
if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){
/* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it,
** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read
** cursor. */
return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB;
}
rtreeReference(pRtree);
assert(nData>=1);
oldRowidValid = sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL;;
oldRowid = oldRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0]) : 0;
newRowidValid = nData>1 && sqlite3_value_type(aData[1])!=SQLITE_NULL;
newRowid = newRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[1]) : 0;
cell.iRowid = newRowid;
}
static sqlite3_module geopolyModule = {
3, /* iVersion */
geopolyCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */
geopolyConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
geopolyBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
geopolyFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
rtreeEof, /* xEof */
geopolyColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
geopolyUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */
rtreeBeginTransaction, /* xBegin - begin transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xSync - sync transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xCommit - commit transaction */
rtreeEndTransaction, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
geopolyFindFunction, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */
typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
struct IcuTokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
char *zLocale;
};
struct IcuCursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */
int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
int nBuffer;
char *zBuffer;
int iToken;
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
sqlite3_free(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int icuOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *zInput, /* Input string */
int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
IcuCursor *pCsr;
const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
int nChar;
UChar32 c;
int iInput = 0;
}
pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pCsr->nChar = iOut;
ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
*/
static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
*/
static int icuNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
int iStart = 0;
int iEnd = 0;
if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_step(pWriter);
p->rc = resetAndCollectError(pWriter, &p->zErrmsg);
}
}
/*
** This function does the work for an sqlite3rbu_step() call.
**
** The object-iterator (p->objiter) currently points to a valid object,
** and the input cursor (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid
** input row. Perform whatever processing is required and return.
**
** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error code
** and message is left in the RBU handle and a copy of the error code
** returned.
*/
static int rbuStep(sqlite3rbu *p){
RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter;
const char *zMask = 0;
int eType = rbuStepType(p, &zMask);
/* Variables populated by statDecodePage(): */
u8 flags; /* Copy of flags byte */
int nCell; /* Number of cells on page */
int nUnused; /* Number of unused bytes on page */
StatCell *aCell; /* Array of parsed cells */
u32 iRightChildPg; /* Right-child page number (or 0) */
int nMxPayload; /* Largest payload of any cell on this page */
};
struct StatCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Iterates through set of root pages */
int isEof; /* After pStmt has returned SQLITE_DONE */
int iDb; /* Schema used for this query */
StatPage aPage[32];
int iPage; /* Current entry in aPage[] */
/* Values to return. */
char *zName; /* Value of 'name' column */
char *zPath; /* Value of 'path' column */
&& pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].desc==0
)
){
pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Open a new statvfs cursor.
*/
static int statOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pVTab;
StatCursor *pCsr;
pCsr = (StatCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatCursor));
if( pCsr==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else{
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(StatCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb;
}
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static void statClearCells(StatPage *p){
int i;
if( p->aCell ){
for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
sqlite3_free(p->aCell[i].aOvfl);
}
sqlite3_free(p->aCell);
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->aPage); i++){
statClearPage(&pCsr->aPage[i]);
}
pCsr->iPage = 0;
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
pCsr->zPath = 0;
pCsr->isEof = 0;
}
/*
** Close a statvfs cursor.
*/
static int statClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
statResetCsr(pCsr);
sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static void getLocalPayload(
int nUsable, /* Usable bytes per page */
u8 flags, /* Page flags */
p->flags = 0;
statClearCells(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on
** the current value of pCsr->iPageno.
*/
static void statSizeAndOffset(StatCursor *pCsr){
StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)((sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr)->pVtab;
Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pTab->iDb].pBt;
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
sqlite3_file *fd;
sqlite3_int64 x[2];
/* The default page size and offset */
pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt);
pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1);
/* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and
*/
fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
x[0] = pCsr->iPageno;
if( sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){
pCsr->iOffset = x[0];
pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1];
}
}
/*
** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
*/
static int statNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
int rc;
int nPayload;
char *z;
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].pBt;
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath);
pCsr->zPath = 0;
for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){
nPayload += p->aCell[i].nLocal;
}
pCsr->nPayload = nPayload;
}
}
return rc;
}
static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
return pCsr->isEof;
}
static int statFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
StatTable *pTab = (StatTable*)(pCursor->pVtab);
char *zSql;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char *zMaster;
if( idxNum==1 ){
sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = statNext(pCursor);
}
return rc;
}
static int statColumn(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
switch( i ){
case 0: /* name */
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zName, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
break;
case 1: /* path */
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPath, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
default: { /* schema */
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
int iDb = pCsr->iDb;
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
break;
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int statRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor;
*pRowid = pCsr->iPageno;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Invoke this routine to register the "dbstat" virtual table module
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){
static sqlite3_module dbstat_module = {
0, /* iVersion */
statConnect, /* xCreate */
statConnect, /* xConnect */
statBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
statDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */
statDisconnect, /* xDestroy */
statOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
statClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
statFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
statNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
statEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
statColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
statRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
0, /* xUpdate */
0, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
0, /* xFindMethod */
0, /* xRename */
*/
/* #include "sqliteInt.h" ** Requires access to internal data structures ** */
#if (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)) \
&& !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
typedef struct DbpageTable DbpageTable;
typedef struct DbpageCursor DbpageCursor;
struct DbpageCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */
int pgno; /* Current page number */
int mxPgno; /* Last page to visit on this scan */
Pager *pPager; /* Pager being read/written */
DbPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database */
int iDb; /* Index of database to analyze */
int szPage; /* Size of each page in bytes */
};
struct DbpageTable {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */
if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy>=1
&& pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn<=0
&& pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
){
pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Open a new dbpagevfs cursor.
*/
static int dbpageOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
DbpageCursor *pCsr;
pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(DbpageCursor));
if( pCsr==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
}else{
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(DbpageCursor));
pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
pCsr->pgno = -1;
}
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a dbpagevfs cursor.
*/
static int dbpageClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
if( pCsr->pPage1 ) sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(pCsr->pPage1);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Move a dbpagevfs cursor to the next entry in the file.
*/
static int dbpageNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
pCsr->pgno++;
return rc;
}
static int dbpageEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
return pCsr->pgno > pCsr->mxPgno;
}
/*
** idxNum:
**
** 0 schema=main, full table scan
** 1 schema=main, pgno=?1
** 2 schema=?1, full table scan
** 3 schema=?1, pgno=?2
**
** idxStr is not used
*/
static int dbpageFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
DbpageTable *pTab = (DbpageTable *)pCursor->pVtab;
int rc;
sqlite3 *db = pTab->db;
Btree *pBt;
/* Default setting is no rows of result */
}
}else{
assert( pCsr->pgno==1 );
}
if( pCsr->pPage1 ) sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(pCsr->pPage1);
rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pCsr->pPager, 1, &pCsr->pPage1, 0);
return rc;
}
static int dbpageColumn(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
sqlite3_context *ctx,
int i
){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
switch( i ){
case 0: { /* pgno */
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->pgno);
break;
}
}
default: { /* schema */
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx);
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zDbSName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
break;
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int dbpageRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
DbpageCursor *pCsr = (DbpageCursor *)pCursor;
*pRowid = pCsr->pgno;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int dbpageUpdate(
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
** Invoke this routine to register the "dbpage" virtual table module
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbpageRegister(sqlite3 *db){
static sqlite3_module dbpage_module = {
0, /* iVersion */
dbpageConnect, /* xCreate */
dbpageConnect, /* xConnect */
dbpageBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
dbpageDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */
dbpageDisconnect, /* xDestroy */
dbpageOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
dbpageClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
dbpageFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
dbpageNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
dbpageEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
dbpageColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
dbpageRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
dbpageUpdate, /* xUpdate */
dbpageBegin, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
0, /* xFindMethod */
0, /* xRename */
** output record.
*/
static void sessionMergeRecord(
u8 **paOut,
int nCol,
u8 *aLeft,
u8 *aRight
){
u8 *a1 = aLeft; /* Cursor used to iterate through aLeft */
u8 *a2 = aRight; /* Cursor used to iterate through aRight */
u8 *aOut = *paOut; /* Output cursor */
int iCol; /* Used to iterate from 0 to nCol */
for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1);
int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2);
if( *a2 ){
memcpy(aOut, a2, n2);
aOut += n2;
}else{
memcpy(aOut, a1, n1);
if( q=='[' ) q = ']';
while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
if( z[iIn]==q ){
if( z[iIn+1]!=q ){
/* Character iIn was the close quote. */
iIn++;
break;
}else{
/* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip
** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character
** to the output buffer. */
iIn += 2;
z[iOut++] = q;
}
}else{
z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
}
}
z[iOut] = '\0';
};
/*
** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is
** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to
** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions.
*/
struct Fts5Global {
fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */
sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */
i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */
Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */
Fts5TokenizerModule *pDfltTok; /* Default tokenizer module */
Fts5Cursor *pCsr; /* First in list of all open cursors */
};
/*
** Each auxiliary function registered with the FTS5 module is represented
** by an object of the following type. All such objects are stored as part
** of the Fts5Global.pAux list.
*/
struct Fts5Auxiliary {
Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* Global context for this function */
char *zFunc; /* Function name (nul-terminated) */
/*
** Virtual-table object.
*/
struct Fts5Table {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
Fts5Config *pConfig; /* Virtual table configuration */
Fts5Index *pIndex; /* Full-text index */
Fts5Storage *pStorage; /* Document store */
Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* Global (connection wide) data */
Fts5Cursor *pSortCsr; /* Sort data from this cursor */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
struct Fts5TransactionState ts;
#endif
};
struct Fts5MatchPhrase {
Fts5Buffer *pPoslist; /* Pointer to current poslist */
int nTerm; /* Size of phrase in terms */
};
struct Fts5Sorter {
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
const u8 *aPoslist; /* Position lists for current row */
int nIdx; /* Number of entries in aIdx[] */
int aIdx[1]; /* Offsets into aPoslist for current row */
};
/*
** Virtual-table cursor object.
**
** iSpecial:
** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()),
** then this variable contains the result of the query.
**
** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid:
** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the
** cursor iterates in ascending order of rowids, iFirstRowid is the lower
** limit of rowids to return, and iLastRowid the upper. In other words, the
** WHERE clause in the user's query might have been:
**
** <tbl> MATCH <expr> AND rowid BETWEEN $iFirstRowid AND $iLastRowid
**
** If the cursor iterates in descending order of rowid, iFirstRowid
** is the upper limit (i.e. the "first" rowid visited) and iLastRowid
** the lower.
*/
struct Fts5Cursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
Fts5Cursor *pNext; /* Next cursor in Fts5Cursor.pCsr list */
int *aColumnSize; /* Values for xColumnSize() */
i64 iCsrId; /* Cursor id */
/* Zero from this point onwards on cursor reset */
int ePlan; /* FTS5_PLAN_XXX value */
int bDesc; /* True for "ORDER BY rowid DESC" queries */
i64 iFirstRowid; /* Return no rowids earlier than this */
i64 iLastRowid; /* Return no rowids later than this */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to read %_content */
Fts5Expr *pExpr; /* Expression for MATCH queries */
Fts5Sorter *pSorter; /* Sorter for "ORDER BY rank" queries */
int csrflags; /* Mask of cursor flags (see below) */
i64 iSpecial; /* Result of special query */
/* "rank" function. Populated on demand from vtab.xColumn(). */
char *zRank; /* Custom rank function */
char *zRankArgs; /* Custom rank function args */
Fts5Auxiliary *pRank; /* Rank callback (or NULL) */
int nRankArg; /* Number of trailing arguments for rank() */
sqlite3_value **apRankArg; /* Array of trailing arguments */
sqlite3_stmt *pRankArgStmt; /* Origin of objects in apRankArg[] */
#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST 0x08
#define FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK 0x10
#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK 0x20
#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST 0x40
#define BitFlagAllTest(x,y) (((x) & (y))==(y))
#define BitFlagTest(x,y) (((x) & (y))!=0)
/*
** Macros to Set(), Clear() and Test() cursor flags.
*/
#define CsrFlagSet(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags |= (flag))
#define CsrFlagClear(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags &= ~(flag))
#define CsrFlagTest(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags & (flag))
struct Fts5Auxdata {
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* Extension to which this belongs */
void *pPtr; /* Pointer value */
void(*xDelete)(void*); /* Destructor */
Fts5Auxdata *pNext; /* Next object in linked list */
sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
){
return fts5InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
}
/*
** The different query plans.
*/
#define FTS5_PLAN_MATCH 1 /* (<tbl> MATCH ?) */
#define FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE 2 /* A source cursor for SORTED_MATCH */
#define FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL 3 /* An internal query */
#define FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH 4 /* (<tbl> MATCH ? ORDER BY rank) */
#define FTS5_PLAN_SCAN 5 /* No usable constraint */
#define FTS5_PLAN_ROWID 6 /* (rowid = ?) */
/*
** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this
** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to
** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op.
*/
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
if( pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab ) return SQLITE_OK;
}
return sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(pTab->pStorage);
}
/*
** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
static int fts5OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVTab;
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = 0; /* New cursor object */
int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
int rc; /* Return code */
rc = fts5NewTransaction(pTab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
nByte = sizeof(Fts5Cursor) + pConfig->nCol * sizeof(int);
pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
if( pCsr ){
Fts5Global *pGlobal = pTab->pGlobal;
memset(pCsr, 0, nByte);
pCsr->aColumnSize = (int*)&pCsr[1];
pCsr->pNext = pGlobal->pCsr;
pGlobal->pCsr = pCsr;
pCsr->iCsrId = ++pGlobal->iNextId;
}else{
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr;
return rc;
}
static int fts5StmtType(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SCAN ){
return (pCsr->bDesc) ? FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC : FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC;
}
return FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP;
}
/*
** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument
** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data
** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object.
*/
static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
CsrFlagSet(pCsr,
FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT
| FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE
| FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST
| FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST
);
}
if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK) ){
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRank);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRankArgs);
}
memset(&pCsr->ePlan, 0, sizeof(Fts5Cursor) - ((u8*)&pCsr->ePlan - (u8*)pCsr));
}
/*
** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
*/
static int fts5CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
if( pCursor ){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
Fts5Cursor **pp;
fts5FreeCursorComponents(pCsr);
/* Remove the cursor from the Fts5Global.pCsr list */
for(pp=&pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; (*pp)!=pCsr; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
*pp = pCsr->pNext;
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int fts5SorterNext(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
}
fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors
** open on table pTab.
*/
static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5Table *pTab){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
&& pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab
){
CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK);
}
}
}
/*
** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first
** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor
** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster
** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid.
**
** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip
** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an
** error code if an error occurred.
*/
static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( *pbSkip==0 );
if( sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pCsr->pExpr) ){
CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF);
*pbSkip = 1;
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the
** search criteria.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts5EofMethod() will be called
** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
*/
static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int rc;
assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)==
(pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE)
);
assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) );
if( pCsr->ePlan<3 ){
int bSkip = 0;
** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
** information.
**
** There are three possible query strategies:
**
** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator.
** 2. A by-rowid lookup.
** 3. A full-table scan.
*/
static int fts5FilterMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
const char *zUnused, /* Unused */
int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */
int iVal = 0; /* Counter for apVal[] */
if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_RANK) ) pRank = apVal[iVal++];
if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ) ) pRowidEq = apVal[iVal++];
if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE) ) pRowidLe = apVal[iVal++];
if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ) pRowidGe = apVal[iVal++];
iCol = (idxNum>>16);
assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=pConfig->nCol );
assert( iVal==nVal );
bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0);
pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0);
/* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies
** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the
** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints
** on the rowid field. */
if( pRowidEq ){
pRowidLe = pRowidGe = pRowidEq;
}
if( bDesc ){
pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
}else{
pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64);
pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64);
}
if( pTab->pSortCsr ){
/* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of
** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is
** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will
** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor
** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function
** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */
assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 );
assert( nVal==0 && pMatch==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 );
assert( pCsr->iLastRowid==LARGEST_INT64 );
assert( pCsr->iFirstRowid==SMALLEST_INT64 );
if( pTab->pSortCsr->bDesc ){
pCsr->iLastRowid = pTab->pSortCsr->iFirstRowid;
pCsr->iFirstRowid = pTab->pSortCsr->iLastRowid;
}else{
}
pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErrmsg;
return rc;
}
/*
** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
return (CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ? 1 : 0);
}
/*
** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to.
*/
static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){
assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
|| pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH
|| pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE
);
if( pCsr->pSorter ){
return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid;
}else{
return sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr);
}
}
/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5
** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan;
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
switch( ePlan ){
case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL:
*pRowid = 0;
break;
case FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE:
default:
*pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
break;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** If the cursor requires seeking (bSeekRequired flag is set), seek it.
** Return SQLITE_OK if no error occurs, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
** If argument bErrormsg is true and an error occurs, an error message may
** be left in sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg.
*/
static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */
if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr);
rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(
pTab->pStorage, eStmt, &pCsr->pStmt, (bErrormsg?&pTab->base.zErrMsg:0)
);
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 );
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT) );
}
assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 );
assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) );
assert( nArg==1
|| sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER
|| sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_NULL
);
assert( pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 );
pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg;
/* Put any active cursors into REQUIRE_SEEK state. */
fts5TripCursors(pTab);
eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]);
if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL
&& sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL
){
/* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */
const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]);
if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL
&& 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z)
** Implementation of the xSetAuxdata() method.
*/
static int fts5ApiSetAuxdata(
Fts5Context *pCtx, /* Fts5 context */
void *pPtr, /* Pointer to save as auxdata */
void(*xDelete)(void*) /* Destructor for pPtr (or NULL) */
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
Fts5Auxdata *pData;
/* Search through the cursors list of Fts5Auxdata objects for one that
** corresponds to the currently executing auxiliary function. */
for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pData->pNext){
if( pData->pAux==pCsr->pAux ) break;
}
if( pData ){
if( pData->xDelete ){
pData->xDelete(pData->pPtr);
}
}else{
Fts5Context *pCtx,
int iPhrase,
void *pUserData,
int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*)
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx;
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab);
int rc;
Fts5Cursor *pNew = 0;
rc = fts5OpenMethod(pCsr->base.pVtab, (sqlite3_vtab_cursor**)&pNew);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pNew->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_MATCH;
pNew->iFirstRowid = SMALLEST_INT64;
pNew->iLastRowid = LARGEST_INT64;
pNew->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab;
rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, &pNew->pExpr);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
for(rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pNew, 0);
rc==SQLITE_OK && CsrFlagTest(pNew, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0;
rc = fts5NextMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew)
){
rc = xCallback(&sFts5Api, (Fts5Context*)pNew, pUserData);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
break;
}
}
}
fts5CloseMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew);
return rc;
}
static void fts5ApiInvoke(
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux,
Fts5Cursor *pCsr,
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
Fts5Auxiliary *pAux;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
i64 iCsrId;
assert( argc>=1 );
pAux = (Fts5Auxiliary*)sqlite3_user_data(context);
iCsrId = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pAux->pGlobal, iCsrId);
if( pCsr==0 ){
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such cursor: %lld", iCsrId);
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
}else{
fts5ApiInvoke(pAux, pCsr, context, argc-1, &argv[1]);
}
}
/*
** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Index
** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist.
**
** If successful, set *ppConfig to point to the associated config object
** before returning.
*/
static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(
Fts5Global *pGlobal, /* FTS5 global context for db handle */
i64 iCsrId, /* Id of cursor to find */
Fts5Config **ppConfig /* OUT: Configuration object */
){
Fts5Cursor *pCsr;
Fts5Table *pTab;
pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pGlobal, iCsrId);
pTab = (Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
*ppConfig = pTab->pConfig;
return pTab->pIndex;
}
/*
** Return a "position-list blob" corresponding to the current position of
** cursor pCsr via sqlite3_result_blob(). A position-list blob contains
** the current position-list for each phrase in the query associated with
** cursor pCsr.
**
** A position-list blob begins with (nPhrase-1) varints, where nPhrase is
** the number of phrases in the query. Following the varints are the
** concatenated position lists for each phrase, in order.
**
** The first varint (if it exists) contains the size of the position list
** for phrase 0. The second (same disclaimer) contains the size of position
** list 1. And so on. There is no size field for the final position list,
** as it can be derived from the total size of the blob.
*/
default:
break;
}
sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, val.p, val.n, sqlite3_free);
return rc;
}
/*
** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
*/
static int fts5ColumnMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab);
Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig;
Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 );
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){
if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iSpecial);
}
}else
if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){
/* User is requesting the value of the special column with the same name
** as the table. Return the cursor integer id number. This value is only
** useful in that it may be passed as the first argument to an FTS5
** auxiliary function. */
sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iCsrId);
}else if( iCol==pConfig->nCol+1 ){
/* The value of the "rank" column. */
if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){
fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr);
}else if(
pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH
struct Fts5VocabTable {
sqlite3_vtab base;
char *zFts5Tbl; /* Name of fts5 table */
char *zFts5Db; /* Db containing fts5 table */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */
Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* FTS5 global object for this database */
int eType; /* FTS5_VOCAB_COL, ROW or INSTANCE */
};
struct Fts5VocabCursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding lock on pIndex */
Fts5Index *pIndex; /* Associated FTS5 index */
int bEof; /* True if this cursor is at EOF */
Fts5IndexIter *pIter; /* Term/rowid iterator object */
int nLeTerm; /* Size of zLeTerm in bytes */
char *zLeTerm; /* (term <= $zLeTerm) paramater, or NULL */
/* These are used by 'col' tables only */
Fts5Config *pConfig; /* Fts5 table configuration */
int iCol;
i64 *aCnt;
i64 *aDoc;
pInfo->idxNum = idxNum;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Implementation of xOpen method.
*/
static int fts5VocabOpenMethod(
sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr
){
Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab;
Fts5Index *pIndex = 0;
Fts5Config *pConfig = 0;
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
char *zSql = 0;
zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc,
if( pCsr ){
pCsr->pIndex = pIndex;
pCsr->pStmt = pStmt;
pCsr->pConfig = pConfig;
pCsr->aCnt = (i64*)&pCsr[1];
pCsr->aDoc = &pCsr->aCnt[pConfig->nCol];
}else{
sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
*ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr;
return rc;
}
static void fts5VocabResetCursor(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){
pCsr->rowid = 0;
sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pCsr->pIter);
pCsr->pIter = 0;
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zLeTerm);
pCsr->nLeTerm = -1;
pCsr->zLeTerm = 0;
}
/*
** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
*/
static int fts5VocabCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
fts5VocabResetCursor(pCsr);
sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&pCsr->term);
sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int fts5VocabInstanceNewTerm(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( rc ){
pCsr->bEof = 1;
break;
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table.
*/
static int fts5VocabNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pCursor->pVtab;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int nCol = pCsr->pConfig->nCol;
pCsr->rowid++;
if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_INSTANCE ){
return fts5VocabInstanceNext(pCsr);
}
while( pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol]==0 ) pCsr->iCol++;
assert( pCsr->iCol<pCsr->pConfig->nCol );
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This is the xFilter implementation for the virtual table.
*/
static int fts5VocabFilterMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
const char *zUnused, /* Unused */
int nUnused, /* Number of elements in apVal */
sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
){
Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pCursor->pVtab;
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
int eType = pTab->eType;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
*/
static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
return pCsr->bEof;
}
static int fts5VocabColumnMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
int eDetail = pCsr->pConfig->eDetail;
int eType = ((Fts5VocabTable*)(pCursor->pVtab))->eType;
i64 iVal = 0;
if( iCol==0 ){
sqlite3_result_text(
if( iVal>0 ) sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iVal);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The
** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
*/
static int fts5VocabRowidMethod(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
sqlite_int64 *pRowid
){
Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor;
*pRowid = pCsr->rowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){
static const sqlite3_module fts5Vocab = {
/* iVersion */ 2,
/* stmt_vtab is a subclass of sqlite3_vtab which will
** serve as the underlying representation of a stmt virtual table
*/
typedef struct stmt_vtab stmt_vtab;
struct stmt_vtab {
sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class - must be first */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection for this stmt vtab */
};
/* stmt_cursor is a subclass of sqlite3_vtab_cursor which will
** serve as the underlying representation of a cursor that scans
** over rows of the result
*/
typedef struct stmt_cursor stmt_cursor;
struct stmt_cursor {
sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection for this cursor */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement cursor is currently pointing at */
sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* The rowid */
};
/*
** The stmtConnect() method is invoked to create a new
** stmt_vtab that describes the stmt virtual table.
**
** Think of this routine as the constructor for stmt_vtab objects.
**
** All this routine needs to do is:
pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
*ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pNew;
if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
pNew->db = db;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This method is the destructor for stmt_cursor objects.
*/
static int stmtDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
sqlite3_free(pVtab);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Constructor for a new stmt_cursor object.
*/
static int stmtOpen(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
stmt_cursor *pCur;
pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur));
pCur->db = ((stmt_vtab*)p)->db;
*ppCursor = &pCur->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Destructor for a stmt_cursor.
*/
static int stmtClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
sqlite3_free(cur);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Advance a stmt_cursor to its next row of output.
*/
static int stmtNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
stmt_cursor *pCur = (stmt_cursor*)cur;
pCur->iRowid++;
pCur->pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(pCur->db, pCur->pStmt);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Return values of columns for the row at which the stmt_cursor
** is currently pointing.
*/
static int stmtColumn(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */
sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */
int i /* Which column to return */
){
stmt_cursor *pCur = (stmt_cursor*)cur;
switch( i ){
case STMT_COLUMN_SQL: {
sqlite3_result_text(ctx, sqlite3_sql(pCur->pStmt), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
break;
}
case STMT_COLUMN_NCOL: {
sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_column_count(pCur->pStmt));
break;
}
case STMT_COLUMN_RO: {
break;
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Return the rowid for the current row. In this implementation, the
** rowid is the same as the output value.
*/
static int stmtRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
stmt_cursor *pCur = (stmt_cursor*)cur;
*pRowid = pCur->iRowid;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Return TRUE if the cursor has been moved off of the last
** row of output.
*/
static int stmtEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
stmt_cursor *pCur = (stmt_cursor*)cur;
return pCur->pStmt==0;
}
/*
** This method is called to "rewind" the stmt_cursor object back
** to the first row of output. This method is always called at least
** once prior to any call to stmtColumn() or stmtRowid() or
** stmtEof().
*/
static int stmtFilter(
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor,
int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
stmt_cursor *pCur = (stmt_cursor *)pVtabCursor;
pCur->pStmt = 0;
pCur->iRowid = 0;
return stmtNext(pVtabCursor);
}
/*
** SQLite will invoke this method one or more times while planning a query
** that uses the stmt virtual table. This routine needs to create
** a query plan for each invocation and compute an estimated cost for that
** plan.
** This following structure defines all the methods for the
** stmt virtual table.
*/
static sqlite3_module stmtModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
0, /* xCreate */
stmtConnect, /* xConnect */
stmtBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */
stmtDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */
0, /* xDestroy */
stmtOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */
stmtClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */
stmtFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
stmtNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */
stmtEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */
stmtColumn, /* xColumn - read data */
stmtRowid, /* xRowid - read data */
0, /* xUpdate */
0, /* xBegin */
0, /* xSync */
0, /* xCommit */
0, /* xRollback */
0, /* xFindMethod */
0, /* xRename */
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/
/*
** Structures used by the virtual table interface
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
**
** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
int iVersion;
int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
int argc, const char *const*argv,
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
int argc, const char *const*argv,
sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
/* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
**
** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab {
const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */
int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */
char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
/* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
** [virtual table] and are used
** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the
** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used
** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
** of the module. Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
*/
struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */
/* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
/*
** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
**
** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
** [virtual table module] call this interface
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction
**
** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out
** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
** any [attached] databases.
**
** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages
** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained
** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle
**
** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to
** record changes to a database.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle
**
** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating
** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset].
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter;
/*
** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object
** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session
**
** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful,
** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is
( run in 0.312 second using v1.01-cache-2.11-cpan-4d50c553e7e )